US20100160314A1 - Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9 - Google Patents

Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100160314A1
US20100160314A1 US12/439,924 US43992407A US2010160314A1 US 20100160314 A1 US20100160314 A1 US 20100160314A1 US 43992407 A US43992407 A US 43992407A US 2010160314 A1 US2010160314 A1 US 2010160314A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
hydrogen
dippip
tlr
dipip
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/439,924
Inventor
Grayson B. Lipford
Charles M. Zepp
Toan B. Nguyen
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US12/439,924 priority Critical patent/US20100160314A1/en
Publication of US20100160314A1 publication Critical patent/US20100160314A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/02Banking, e.g. interest calculation or account maintenance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/03Credit; Loans; Processing thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/12Accounting

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to immunology. More particularly, the invention relates to small molecules capable of inhibiting an immune response, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the small molecule inhibitors, and methods of using the inhibitors.
  • TLRs Toll-like receptors
  • compositions and methods useful for modulating innate immunity are therefore of great interest, as they may affect therapeutic approaches to conditions involving autoimmunity, inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft versus host disease (GvHD), infection, cancer, and immunodeficiency.
  • TLR9 Toll-like receptor 9
  • IgG and nucleic acid can stimulate TLR9 and participate in B-cell activation in certain autoimmune diseases. Leadbetter E A et al. (2002) Nature 416:595-8.
  • Chlroroquines have been recognized as useful not only as anti-malarial agents but also as anti-inflammatory agents. Although its mechanism of action is not well understood, chloroquine has been used effectively in the treatment of various autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis (R A) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). For a review, see Wallace D J (1996) Lupus 5 Suppl 1:S59-64. Recently Macfarlane and colleagues described a number of small molecule analogs and derivatives of chloroquine (4-aminoquinoline) and quinacrine(9-aminoacridine) which reportedly inhibit stimulation of the immune system. U.S. Pat. No. 6,221,882; U.S. Pat. No.
  • TLR antagonists including certain substituted quinoline and quinazoline compounds, in published patent application US 2005/0119273 A1.
  • the present invention relates to compositions and methods useful for inhibiting an immune response.
  • the invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R 3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y 1 , or Y 3 ;
  • R 4 is a group having the structure
  • R 9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • L is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 10 and R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 9 and one of R 10 or R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R 5 is absent or hydrogen
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y 1 , or Y 2 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y 1 , or Y 3 ;
  • Y 1 is Ar—Y 2 , where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
  • Y 2 is W-L 1 NR 12 R 13 , where W is O, S, or NR 14 ;
  • L 1 is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 12 and R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 14 and one of R 12 or R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • Y 3 is optionally substituted phenyl
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 is Y 1 ; or at least one of R 6 and R 7 is Y 2 ; and/or at least one of R 3 and R 8 is Y 3 .
  • At least one of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 is nitrogen.
  • At least two of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are nitrogen.
  • R 4 is
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the compound has one of the following structures,
  • R 6 is Y 1 .
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip; or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 4 dimor and Y 2 pip R 4 dimor and Y 2 diamine; R 4 dimor and Y 2 dipamine; R 4 dimor and Y 2 dimor; R 4 dimor and Y 2 dipmor; R 4 dimor and Y 2 dipip; R 4 dimor and Y 2 dippip;
  • R 7 is Y 1 .
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 .
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1 .
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 , in one embodiment R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 , R 8 is Y 3 , and R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 , in one embodiment R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 is Y 3 , R 7 is Y 2 , and R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 .
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 1 , in one embodiment R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 1 and R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 , R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 .
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 , R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 .
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 , R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 , in one embodiment R 7 is hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 , R 8 is Y 3 , and R 7 is hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 7 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 6 is Y 1 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 6 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 7 is Y 1 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 7 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 8 is Y 1 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 8 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 3 is Y 1 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 3 is Y 1 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 1 is hydrogen, R 6 is Y 2 , and R 8 is Y 3 , in one embodiment R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 1 is hydrogen, R 6 is Y 2 , R 8 is Y 3 , and R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is Y 3
  • R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 1 is hydrogen, R 3 is Y 3 , and R 7 is Y 2 , in one embodiment R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 1 is hydrogen, R 3 is Y 3 , R 7 is Y 2 , and R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is Y 3
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 1 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 1 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 .
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 .
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 .
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1 .
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 , in one embodiment R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 6 is Y 2 , R 8 is Y 3 , and R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 , in one embodiment R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 is Y 3 , R 7 is Y 2 , and R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 1 , R 1 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 .
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 7 is Y 1 and R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 1 , R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 .
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 8 is Y 1 and R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 1 , R 1 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1 .
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 3 is Y 1
  • R 1 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 1 , R 1 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 3 is Y 3 .
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3
  • R 1 , R 3 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 1 , R 3 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 and R 8 is Y 3 , R 1 , R 3 , and R 7 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 1 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 1 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 is Y 3 and R 7 is Y 2
  • R 1 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R 3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • R 4 is a group having the structure
  • R 9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • L is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 10 and R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 9 and one of R 10 or R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R 5 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • Y 1 is Ar—Y 2 , where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
  • Y 2 is W-L 1 NR 12 R 13 , where W is O, S, or NR 14 ;
  • L 1 is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 12 and R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 14 and one of R 12 or R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • At least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 is nitrogen.
  • At least two of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are nitrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R 3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • R 4 is a group having the structure
  • R 9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • L is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 10 and R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 9 and one of R 10 or R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R 5 is absent or hydrogen
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y 3 ;
  • R 7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • Y 2 is W-L 1 NR 12 R 13 , where W is O, S, or NR 14 ;
  • L 1 is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 12 and R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 14 and one of R 12 or R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • Y 3 is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • At least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 is nitrogen.
  • At least two of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are nitrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 3
  • R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 .
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 , R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 , R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen, and R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 3
  • R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 3
  • R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 8 is Y 3
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 8 is Y 3 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R 3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • R 4 is a group having the structure
  • R 9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • L is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 10 and R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 9 and one of R 10 or R 11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R 5 is absent or hydrogen
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y 2 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide
  • Y 3 is optionally substituted phenyl
  • Y 2 is W-L 1 NR 12 R 13 , where W is O, S, or NR 14 ;
  • L 1 is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 12 and R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 14 and one of R 12 or R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
  • At least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 is nitrogen.
  • At least two of X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are nitrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 3 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 3 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • R 7 is Y 2
  • R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 7 is Y 2 , R 3 , R 6 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip
  • Y 2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R 6 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y 2 ;
  • R 7 , R 8 , and R 15 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • each Q is independently optionally substituted alkyl or Y 2 ;
  • n is an integer from 1-5;
  • Y 2 is W-L 1 NR 12 R 13 , where W is O, S, or NR 14 ;
  • L 1 is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R 12 and R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R 14 and one of R 12 or R 13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
  • At least one of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 is nitrogen.
  • At least two of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are nitrogen.
  • At least one Q is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • each and every Q is Y 2 .
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 , in one embodiment R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q p is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q o is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q p and Q o are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • Q is independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 6 is Y 2 , Q is independently Y 2 , and R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • Q is independently Y 2
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 and Q are independently Y 2 , and R 3 , R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • each and every Q is Y 2 .
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 .
  • R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 , in one embodiment R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q p is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q o is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q p and Q o are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • Q is independently Y 2 .
  • R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • Q is independently Y 2
  • R 15 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 and Q are independently Y 2
  • R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • each and every Q is Y 2 .
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 , in one embodiment R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q p is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q o is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q p and Q o are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • Q is independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • Q is independently Y 2
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 and Q are independently Y 2 , and R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • each and every Q is Y 2 .
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 , in one embodiment R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q p is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 3 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Q o is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • Q p and Q o are independently Y 2 and R 15 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • Q p and Q o are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2 .
  • Q is independently Y 2 .
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 is Y 2
  • Q is independently Y 2
  • R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • R 6 and Q are independently Y 2 , and R 3 , R 15 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen
  • R 6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • the invention is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of at least one compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for parenteral administration.
  • the invention is a method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR).
  • the method according to this aspect of the invention includes the step of contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a composition of the invention to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
  • the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • the agonist of the TLR is a CpG nucleic acid. In one embodiment the agonist of the TLR is RNA.
  • the contacting occurs in vitro.
  • the cell expressing the TLR is an immune cell. In one embodiment the cell expressing the TLR is a cell that is modified to express the TLR.
  • the invention is a method for reducing an immune response.
  • the method according to this aspect of the invention includes the step of contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a composition of the invention to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • the contacting occurs in vitro. In one embodiment the contacting occurs in vivo.
  • the immune response is a Th1-like immune response. In one embodiment the immune response is secretion of a cytokine. In one embodiment the immune response is secretion of a chemokine.
  • the immune response is an immune response to an antigen.
  • the antigen is an allergen.
  • the antigen is a microbial antigen.
  • the antigen is an antigen characteristic of an autoimmune condition.
  • the invention is a method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject.
  • the method includes the step of administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a composition of the invention to treat the autoimmune condition.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • the autoimmune condition is selected from ankylosing spondylitis, atherosclerosis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, auto immune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura, autoimmune-associated infertility, Behçet's syndrome, bullous pemphigoid, Churg-Strauss disease, Crohn's disease, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Grave's disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, idiopathic Addison's disease, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, insulin resistance, mixed connective tissue disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus, pernicious anemia, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyositis, primary biliary sclerosis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, s,
  • the autoimmune condition is systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • the autoimmune condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the invention is based at least in part on the discovery by the inventors of certain small molecules that can inhibit signaling by Toll-like receptors (TLRs) and so inhibit an immune response.
  • TLRs Toll-like receptors
  • the compositions and methods of the invention can be used to inhibit immune responses, e.g., unwanted immune responses such as are involved in a variety of conditions and diseases characterized by antigen-specific or antigen-nonspecific immune responses.
  • Such conditions and diseases include, without limitation, autoimmune disorders, inflammation, and transplant rejection.
  • the invention relates at least in part to novel compositions and methods for their use in the treatment of diseases and disorders characterized by unwanted immune responses, including autoimmune disorders, inflammation, and transplant rejection.
  • compositions and methods of the invention can be used either with or without knowledge of the particular antigen or antigens that may be involved in an immune response.
  • the compounds discovered according to the invention are inhibitors of one or more so-called pattern recognition receptors (PRRs) that signal immune cells in response to their interaction with particular nucleic acid molecules.
  • PRRs pattern recognition receptors
  • the compounds discovered according to the invention are inhibitors of one or more so-called pattern recognition receptors (PRRs) that signal immune cells in response to their interaction with nucleic acid molecule-containing complexes, e.g., certain immune complexes.
  • PRRs pattern recognition receptors
  • TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 PRRs for certain nucleic acid molecules.
  • TLR7 interacts with single- and double-stranded RNA in a sequence-dependent manner, as well as with the imidazoquinolines imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848). Heil F et al. (2004) Science 303:1526-9.
  • TLR7 is expressed in B cells and both myeloid dendritic cells (mDC) and plasmacytoid dendritic cells (pDC).
  • mDC myeloid dendritic cells
  • pDC plasmacytoid dendritic cells
  • mice is expressed in pDC.
  • TLR8 interacts with single-stranded RNA in a sequence-dependent manner, as well as with the imidazoquinolines imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848). Heil F et al. (2004) Science 303:1526-9. In humans TLR8 is expressed in myeloid cells, but TLR8 is not expressed in mice.
  • TLR9 interacts with DNA containing CpG motifs that include unmethylated 5′ cytosine-guanine 3′ (CG) dinucleotides occurring within a the context of certain short flanking nucleotide sequences. Hemmi H et al. (2000) Nature 408:740-5. In humans TLR9 is expressed in B cells and pDC. In mice, TLR9 is expressed in B cells, pDC, and mDC.
  • CG cytosine-guanine 3′
  • CpG DNA refers to an immunostimulatory nucleic acid which contains a cytosine-guanine (CG) dinucleotide, the C residue of which is unmethylated.
  • CG cytosine-guanine
  • the effects of CpG nucleic acids on immune modulation have been described extensively in U.S. patents such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,194,388; 6,207,646; 6,239,116; and 6,218,371, and published international patent applications, such as WO98/37919, WO98/40100, WO98/52581, and WO99/56755. The entire contents of each of these patents and published patent applications is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the entire immunostimulatory nucleic acid can be unmethylated or portions may be unmethylated but at least the C of the 5′-CG-3′ must be unmethylated.
  • CpG DNA includes both naturally occurring immunostimulatory nucleic acids, as found in bacterial DNA and plasmids, as well as synthetic oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN).
  • the CpG DNA is a CpG ODN that has a base sequence provided by 5′-TCGTCGTTTTGTCGTTTTGTCGTT-3′ (ODN 2006; SEQ ID NO:1).
  • B-class CpG ODN such as ODN 2006 include the originally described immunostimulatory CpG ODN and characteristically activate B cells and NK cells but do not induce or only weakly induce expression of type I interferon (e.g., IFN- ⁇ ).
  • A-class CpG ODN described in published PCT international application WO 01/22990, incorporate a CpG motif, include a chimeric phosphodiester/phosphorothioate backbone, and characteristically activate NK cells and induce plasmacytoid dendritic cells to express large amounts of IFN- ⁇ but do not activate or only weakly activate B cells.
  • An example of an A-class CpG ODN is 5′-G*G*G_G_G_A_C_G_A_T_C_G_T_C_G*G*G*G*G-3′ (ODN 2216, SEQ ID NO:2), wherein “*” represents phosphorothioate and “_” represents phosphodiester.
  • C-class CpG ODN incorporate a CpG, include a wholly phosphorothioate backbone, include a GC-rich palindromic or nearly-palindromic region, and are capable of both activating B cells and inducing expression of IFN- ⁇ .
  • C-class CpG ODN have been described, for example, in published U.S. patent application 2003/0148976.
  • An example of a C-class CpG ODN is 5′-TCGTCGTTTTCGGCGCGCGCCG-3′ (ODN 2395; SEQ ID NO:3).
  • TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are characteristically expressed in endosomes of these particular classes of immune cells, and they are known to be inhibited by certain compounds, including in particular chloroquine and derivatives thereof, that are concentrated in endosomes.
  • the instant invention is based in part on the use of molecular modeling to perform a systematic study of predicted inhibitory activities of two-ringed core compounds substituted with any of a number of particular side group substituents.
  • the modeling method provides a quantitative prediction of IC 50 for a given compound, that is, the concentration required for half-maximal inhibition of immunostimulation induced by a stimulatory amount or concentration of suitable agonist.
  • the IC 50 is the concentration required for half-maximal inhibition of immunostimulation induced by EC 50 of suitable agonist, e.g., CpG DNA for TLR9.
  • the EC 50 of an agonist is the concentration of agonist required for half-maximal stimulation by that agonist.
  • a typical EC 50 value for CpG DNA in respect of TLR9 is about 1 ⁇ M.
  • compounds with lower IC 50 values are preferred over compounds with higher IC 50 values.
  • Predicted IC 50 values for many compounds of interest typically fall within the range of less than 1 nM to about 2000 nM.
  • Many compounds of interest have predicted IC 50 values of less than or equal to about 500 nM, including, more particularly, those with predicted IC 50 values of less than or equal to about 100 nM.
  • many compounds of particular interest have predicted IC 50 values of less than or equal to about 50 nM.
  • many compounds of particular interest have predicted IC 50 values of less than or equal to about 30 nM. At least some compounds of particular interest have predicted IC 50 values of less than or equal to about 1 nM.
  • Compounds identified by their predicted IC 50 values can be evaluated for their potential as immunoinhibitory compounds and therapeutic agents.
  • a candidate compound can be selected on the basis of its predicted IC 50 value and tested in vitro to determine a corresponding actual in vitro IC 50 value.
  • a candidate compound can be selected on the basis of its predicted IC 50 value and tested in vivo to determine a corresponding actual in vivo IC 50 value.
  • Compounds with lower predicted IC 50 values can be selected for in vitro and in vivo evaluation ahead of other compounds with higher predicted IC 50 values.
  • compounds with lower actual IC 50 values can be selected for further evaluation and development. Additional factors such as toxicity and solubility may be assessed in order to help select particular compounds for further development.
  • the invention embraces both the compounds alone as disclosed herein, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be placed in pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to make pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention optionally can in addition be used or presented in combination with at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
  • alkyl is recognized in the art and may include saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups.
  • a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has about 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C 1 -C 30 for straight chain, C 3 -C 30 for branched chain), and alternatively, about 20 or fewer.
  • cycloalkyls have from about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and alternatively about 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • alkoxy shall refer to the group —O-alkyl.
  • halide is given its ordinary meaning in the art and shall refer to a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
  • heterocycle is recognized in the art and shall refer to 3- to about 10-membered ring structures, such as 3- to about 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles may also be polycycles.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, oxo
  • the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds, “permissible” being in the context of the chemical rules of valence known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In some cases, “substituted” may generally refer to replacement of a hydrogen with a substituent as described herein.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, include those described herein.
  • the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
  • heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms.
  • This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
  • substituents include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower aralkyl, lower cyclic alkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower aryloxy, perhaloalkoxy, aralkoxy, lower heteroaryl, lower heteroaryloxy, lower heteroarylalkyl, lower heteroaralkoxy, azido, amino, halogen, lower alkylthio, oxo, lower acylalkyl, lower carboxy esters, carboxyl, -carboxamido, nitro, lower acyloxy, lower aminoalkyl, lower alkylaminoaryl, lower alkylaryl, lower alkylaminoalkyl, lower alkoxyaryl, lower arylamino, lower aralkylamino, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower-carboxamidoalkylaryl, lower-carboxamidoaryl, lower hydroxyalkyl, lower haloal
  • the term “optionally substituted”, as used in reference to a particular class of chemical substituent, shall refer both to the unsubstituted form of the substituent and to a substituted form of the substituent.
  • the phrase “optionally substituted alkyl” refers both to alkyl and to substituted alkyl.
  • nitrogen and, equivalently, “N”, refer to a nitrogen atom.
  • oxygen and, equivalently, “O”, refer to an oxygen atom.
  • hydrogen and, equivalently, “H”, refer to a hydrogen atom.
  • the invention in one aspect relates to a method for reducing signaling by a TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9.
  • TLRs induces one or more intracellular signaling pathways as a consequence of interaction with a suitable agonist, e.g., a natural ligand.
  • the signaling normally leads eventually to activation of at least one gene or at least one protein.
  • a protein activated by a TLR signaling pathway is NF- ⁇ B.
  • Activated NF- ⁇ B is a ubiquitous transcription factor that binds to promoters of a variety of genes involved in immune cell activation, thereby stimulating transcription of these genes.
  • activated NF- ⁇ B can also stimulate expression of suitable NF- ⁇ B-sensitive exogenous genes such as reporter constructs well known in the art and described herein.
  • a common NF- ⁇ B-sensitive reporter construct is based on a luciferase gene placed under the control of an NF- ⁇ B-sensitive promoter. When introduced into a suitable host cell, and in the presence of activated NF- ⁇ B, this reporter construct directs the expression in the cell of luciferase, a luminescent protein that can be conveniently and quantitatively assayed by measurement, at an appropriate wavelength, of light emitted by the expressed luciferase protein.
  • TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 can be measured, for example, by measuring NF- ⁇ B activation, either directly or indirectly, such as through measurement of an expressed product of an NF- ⁇ B-driven endogenous gene or NF- ⁇ B-driven reporter (e.g., luciferase).
  • NF- ⁇ B-driven endogenous gene e.g., luciferase
  • the method results in a reduced level of signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR as compared to a control level of signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist of the TLR.
  • a control level of signaling is that level of signaling in response to the agonist of the TLR that occurs in absence of contacting a cell expressing the TLR with a compound or composition of the invention.
  • conditions are generally selected such that the number or concentration of TLR-expressing cells, the amount or concentration of the TLR agonist, temperature, and other such variables are identical or at least comparable between treatment and control measurements, so as to isolate the effect of the composition of the invention.
  • Treatment and control measurements can be made in parallel or they can be made independently.
  • the control is a historical control. In one embodiment the control is a concurrent, parallel control.
  • Signaling is reduced whenever it is measurably less than a corresponding control amount of signaling.
  • the reduced signaling is at least 5 percent, at least 10 percent, at least 15 percent, at least 20 percent, at least 25 percent, at least 30 percent, at least 40 percent, and at least 50 percent less than control.
  • the reduced signaling is less than or equal to 95 percent, less than or equal to 90 percent, less than or equal to 85 percent, less than or equal to 80 percent, less than or equal to 75 percent, less than or equal to 70 percent, less than or equal to 60 percent, and less than or equal to 50 percent of control.
  • a “cell expressing a TLR” refers to any cell which expresses, either naturally or artificially, a functional TLR.
  • a functional TLR is a full-length TLR protein or a fragment thereof capable of inducing a signal in response to interaction with its ligand.
  • the functional TLR will include at least a TLR ligand-binding fragment of the extracellular domain of the full-length TLR and at least a fragment of a TIR domain capable of interacting with another Toll homology domain-containing polypeptide, e.g., MyD88.
  • the functional TLR is a full-length TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9.
  • a cell expressing the TLR is a cell that naturally expressed the TLR.
  • a cell that naturally expresses TLR9 is a cell from human multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226 (ATCC CCL-155, American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.). This cell line was established from the peripheral blood of a 61-year-old man at the time of diagnosis of multiple myeloma (IgG lambda type). Matsuoka Y et al. (1967) Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 125:1246-50. RPMI 8226 was previously reported as responsive to CpG nucleic acids as evidenced by the induction of IL-6 protein and IL-12p40 mRNA. Takeshita F et al.
  • this cell line expresses TLR9, through which immunostimulatory nucleic acids such as for example CpG nucleic acids mediate their effects, it is a suitable cell line for use in the methods of the invention relating to reducing signaling by human TLR9.
  • the RPMI 8226 cell line Similar to peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), the RPMI 8226 cell line has been observed to upregulate its cell surface expression of markers such as CD71, CD86 and HLA-DR in response to CpG nucleic acid exposure. This has been observed by flow cytometric analysis of the cell line. Accordingly, the methods provided herein can be structured to use appropriately selected cell surface marker expression as a readout, in addition to or in place of chemokine or cytokine production or other readouts described elsewhere herein.
  • the RPMI 8226 cell line has also been found to respond to certain small molecules including imidazoquinoline compounds. For example, incubation of RPMI 8226 cells with the imidazoquinoline compound R848 (resiquimod) induces IL-8, IL-10, and IP-10 production. It has recently been reported that R848 mediates its immunostimulatory effects through TLR7 and TLR8. The ability of RPMI 8226 to respond to R848 suggests that the RPMI 8226 cell line also expresses TLR7, as previously reported for normal human B cells.
  • R848 resiquimod
  • the RPMI cell line can be used in unmodified form or in a modified form.
  • the RPMI 8226 cell is transfected with a reporter construct.
  • the cell is stably transfected with the reporter construct.
  • the reporter construct generally includes a promoter, a coding sequence and a polyadenylation signal.
  • the coding sequence can include a reporter sequence selected from the group consisting of an enzyme (e.g., luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), secreted alkaline phosphatase, etc.), a bioluminescence marker (e.g., green fluorescent protein (GFP, U.S. Pat. No. 5,491,084), etc.), a surface-expressed molecule (e.g., CD25), a secreted molecule (e.g., IL-8, IL-12 p40, TNF- ⁇ , etc.), and other detectable protein products known to those of skill in the art.
  • the coding sequence encodes a protein having a level or an activity that is quantifiable.
  • the TLR is artificially expressed (including over-expressed) by a cell, for example by introduction into the cell of an expression vector bearing a coding sequence for the TLR wherein the coding sequence is operably linked to a gene expression sequence.
  • a coding sequence and a gene expression sequence are said to be operably linked when they are covalently linked in such a way as to place the expression or transcription and/or translation of the coding sequence under the influence or control of the gene expression sequence.
  • Two DNA sequences are said to be operably linked if induction of a promoter in the 5′ gene expression sequence results in the transcription of the coding sequence and if the nature of the linkage between the two DNA sequences does not (1) result in the introduction of a frame-shift mutation, (2) interfere with the ability of the promoter region to direct the transcription of the coding sequence, or (3) interfere with the ability of the corresponding RNA transcript to be translated into a protein.
  • a gene expression sequence would be operably linked to a coding sequence if the gene expression sequence were capable of effecting transcription of that coding sequence such that the resulting transcript is translated into the desired protein or polypeptide.
  • a coding sequence includes a coding sequence for a TLR.
  • a coding sequence includes a coding sequence for a reporter, e.g. luciferase.
  • a cell that artificially expresses a TLR can be a cell that does not express the TLR but for the TLR expression vector.
  • human 293 fibroblasts (ATCC CRL-1573) do not express TLR7, TLR8, or TLR9.
  • Such cells can be transiently or stably transfected with a suitable expression vector (or vectors) so as to yield cells that express TLR7, TLR8, TLR9, or any combination thereof.
  • a cell that artificially expresses a TLR can be a cell that expresses the TLR at a significantly higher level with the TLR expression vector than it does without the TLR expression vector.
  • Coding sequences for various TLRs of various species are known in the art and are available from public databases.
  • complementary DNA (cDNA) sequences for human and murine TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are all available from GenBank. These cDNA sequences and GenBank entries include and further specify coding sequences for each TLR.
  • a coding sequence for human TLR7 is provided as nucleotides 140-3289 in GenBank Accession No. NM — 016562. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR7 is provided as nucleotides 49-3201 of GenBank Accession No. AY035889.
  • a coding sequence for human TLR8 is provided as nucleotides 49-3174 in GenBank Accession No. AF245703. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR8 is provided as nucleotides 59-3157 of GenBank Accession No. AY035890.
  • a coding sequence for human TLR9 is provided as nucleotides 145-3243 in GenBank Accession No. AF245704. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR9 is provided as nucleotides 40-3138 of GenBank Accession No. AF348140.
  • a cell that artificially expresses a TLR is in one embodiment a stably transfected cell that expresses the TLR.
  • a cell can also be stably transfected with a suitable reporter construct.
  • an immune response refers to a response to an appropriate stimulus by a cell of the immune system, a population of cells of the immune system, or by an immune system.
  • An immune system as used herein refers to an immune system of a mammal, specifically including but not limited to an immune system of a human.
  • a cell of an immune system can be any cell that is classified as an immune cell. Such cells include B cells, T cells, natural killer (NK) cells, mast cells, basophils, granulocytes, monocytes, macrophages, bone marrow-derived dendritic cells, and other professional antigen-presenting cells, as well as subcategories and precursors thereof.
  • a cell of the immune system can be an isolated cell of the immune system.
  • a population of cells of the immune system refers to at least two cells, and more typically at least one thousand cells, of the immune system.
  • a population of cells of the immune system can be an isolated population of cells of the immune system.
  • a population of cells of the immune system is an isolated population of PBMC.
  • the method involves contacting a population of immune cells expressing a TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with a compound or composition of the invention.
  • Immune cells that express TLR7, TLR8, or TLR9 can, but need not necessarily, be mutually exclusive.
  • immune cells expressing TLR7 can include B cells and dendritic cells
  • immune cells expressing TLR8 can include myeloid cells.
  • immune cells expressing TLR9 can include B cells and pDC.
  • the method involves measuring a reduced immune response compared to a control immune response.
  • a control immune response is an immune response that occurs in absence of contacting an immune cell, or a population of immune cells, with a compound or composition of the invention.
  • conditions are generally selected such that the number or concentration of TLR-expressing cells, the amount or concentration of the TLR agonist, temperature, and other such variables are identical or at least comparable between treatment and control measurements, so as to isolate the effect of the composition of the invention.
  • Treatment and control measurements can be made in parallel or they can be made independently.
  • the control is a historical control. In one embodiment the control is a concurrent, parallel control.
  • an immune response is reduced whenever it is measurably less than the control immune response.
  • the reduced immune response is at least 5 percent, at least 10 percent, at least 15 percent, at least 20 percent, at least 25 percent, at least 30 percent, at least 40 percent, and at least 50 percent less than control.
  • the reduced immune response is less than or equal to 95 percent, less than or equal to 90 percent, less than or equal to 85 percent, less than or equal to 80 percent, less than or equal to 75 percent, less than or equal to 70 percent, less than or equal to 60 percent, and less than or equal to 50 percent of control.
  • the immune response is a Th1-like immune response.
  • a Th1-like immune response refers to an immune response characterized by at least one feature characteristic of a Th1 immune response.
  • a Th1-like immune response is a Th1 immune response.
  • Features of a Th1 immune response can include secretion of one or more Th1 cytokines, immunoglobulin class switching to IgG1 (in humans) or IgG2a (in mice), and cell-mediated immunity.
  • features of a Th2 immune response can include secretion of one or more Th2 cytokines, immunoglobulin class switching to IgE (in humans and in mice) and IgG2 (in humans) or IgG1 (in mice), and humoral immunity.
  • cytokine refers to any of a number of soluble proteins or glycoproteins that act on immune cells through specific receptors to affect the state of activation and function of the immune cells. Cytokines include interferons, interleukins, tumor necrosis factor, transforming growth factor beta, colony-stimulating factors (CSFs), chemokines, as well as others. Various cytokines affect innate immunity, acquired immunity, or both.
  • Cytokines specifically include, without limitation, IFN- ⁇ , IFN- ⁇ , IFN- ⁇ , IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-9, IL-10, IL-12, IL-13, IL-18, TNF- ⁇ , TGF- ⁇ , granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), and granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF).
  • Chemokines specifically include, without limitation, IL-8, IP-10, I-TAC, RANTES, MIP-1 ⁇ , MIP-1 ⁇ , Gro- ⁇ , Gro- ⁇ , Gro- ⁇ , MCP-1, MCP-2, and MCP-3.
  • Th1 cells are associated with IL-2, IL-3, IFN, GM-CSF, and high levels of TNF- ⁇ .
  • Th2 cells are associated with IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-9, IL-10, IL-13, GM-CSF, and low levels of TNF- ⁇ .
  • the Th1 subset promotes both cell-mediated immunity and humoral immunity that is characterized by immunoglobulin class switching to IgG2a in mice.
  • Th1 responses can also be associated with delayed-type hypersensitivity and autoimmune disease.
  • the Th2 subset induces primarily humoral immunity and induces immunoglobulin class switching to IgE and IgG1 in mice.
  • the antibody isotypes associated with Th1 responses generally have good neutralizing and opsonizing capabilities, whereas those associated with Th2 responses are associated more with allergic responses.
  • IL-12 and IFN- ⁇ are positive Th1 regulators and negative Th2 regulators.
  • IL-12 promotes IFN- ⁇ production, and IFN- ⁇ provides positive feedback for IL-12.
  • IL-4 and IL-10 appear to be required for the establishment of the Th2 cytokine profile and to down-regulate Th1 cytokine production; the effects of IL-4 are in some cases dominant over those of IL-12.
  • IL-13 has been reported to inhibit expression of inflammatory cytokines, including IL-12 and TNF- ⁇ by LPS-induced monocytes, in a way similar to IL-4.
  • the method will generally further involve contacting the immune cells with an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells.
  • the contacting in one embodiment can involve the step of adding or administering an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells.
  • the contacting can entail passive exposure of the immune cells with an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells. Passive contacting can occur, for example, in a subject having an autoimmune disease, inflammation, or transplant rejection.
  • the method relates to a method for reducing an immune response in a subject.
  • a subject refers to a mammal.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the subject is a non-human primate.
  • the subject is a mammal other than a primate, including but not limited to a mouse, rat, hamster, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, goat, sheep, pig, horse, or cow.
  • the immune response is an immune response to an antigen.
  • an antigen refers to any substance that induces an adaptive (specific) immune response.
  • An antigen typically is any substance that can be specifically bound by a T-cell antigen receptor, antibody, or B-cell antigen receptor.
  • Antigenic substances include, without limitation, peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, phospholipids, nucleic acids, autacoids, and hormones.
  • Antigens specifically include allergens, autoantigens (i.e., self-antigens), cancer antigens, and microbial antigens.
  • antigens further include both antigens per se and nucleic acids encoding said antigens.
  • An allergen is a substance that can induce an allergic or asthmatic response in a susceptible subject.
  • the list of allergens is enormous and can include pollens, insect venoms, animal dander, dust, fungal spores and drugs (e.g., penicillin).
  • Examples of natural animal and plant allergens include proteins specific to the following genera: Canis ( Canis familiaris ); Dermatophagoides (e.g., Dermatophagoides farinae ); Felis (e.g., Felis domesticus ); Ambrosia (e.g., Ambrosia artemuisfolia ); Lolium (e.g., Lolium perenne and Lolium multiflorum ); Cryptomeria (e.g., Cryptomeria japonica ); Alternaria (e.g., Alternaria alternata ); Alder; Alnus (e.g., Alnus gultinosa ); Betula (e.g., Betula verrucosa ); Quercus (e.g., Quercus alba ); Olea (e.g., Olea europa ); Artemisia (e.g., Artemisia vulgaris ); Plantago (e.g., Plantago lanceo
  • allergy refers to acquired hypersensitivity to a substance (allergen).
  • An “allergic reaction” is the response of an immune system to an allergen in a subject allergic to the allergen. Allergic conditions include eczema, allergic rhinitis or coryza, hay fever, bronchial asthma, urticaria (hives) and food allergies, and other atopic conditions.
  • Autoantigens include any antigen of host origin, but they specifically include antigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition. Autoantigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition can be associated with, but not necessarily established as causative of, an autoimmune disorder. Specific examples of autoantigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition include but are not limited to insulin, thyroglobulin, glomerular basement membrane, acetylcholine receptor, DNA, and myelin basic protein.
  • a cancer antigen as used herein is a compound, such as a peptide or protein, associated with a tumor or cancer cell surface and which is capable of provoking an immune response when expressed on the surface of an antigen-presenting cell in the context of a major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecule.
  • Cancer antigens can be prepared from cancer cells either by preparing crude extracts of cancer cells, for example, as described in Cohen P A et al. (1994) Cancer Res 54:1055-8, by partially purifying the antigens, by recombinant technology, or by de novo synthesis of known antigens.
  • Cancer antigens include but are not limited to antigens that are recombinantly expressed, an immunogenic portion thereof, or a whole tumor or cancer cell. Such antigens can be isolated or prepared recombinantly or by any other means known in the art.
  • cancer antigen and “tumor antigen” are used interchangeably and refer to antigens which are differentially expressed by cancer cells and can thereby be exploited in order to target cancer cells.
  • Cancer antigens are antigens which can potentially stimulate apparently tumor-specific immune responses. Some of these antigens are encoded, although not necessarily expressed, by normal cells. These antigens can be characterized as those which are normally silent (i.e., not expressed) in normal cells, those that are expressed only at certain stages of differentiation and those that are temporally expressed such as embryonic and fetal antigens.
  • cancer antigens are encoded by mutant cellular genes, such as oncogenes (e.g., activated ras oncogene), suppressor genes (e.g., mutant p53), fusion proteins resulting from internal deletions or chromosomal translocations. Still other cancer antigens can be encoded by viral genes such as those carried on RNA and DNA tumor viruses.
  • tumor antigens examples include MAGE, MART-1/Melan-A, gp100, Dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPPIV), adenosine deaminase-binding protein (ADAbp), cyclophilin b, Colorectal associated antigen (CRC)—0017-1A/GA733, Carcinoembryonic Antigen (CEA) and its immunogenic epitopes CAP-1 and CAP-2, etv6, aml1, Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) and its immunogenic epitopes PSA-1, PSA-2, and PSA-3, prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA), T-cell receptor/CD3-zeta chain, MAGE-family of tumor antigens (e.g., MAGE-A1, MAGE-A2, MAGE-A3, MAGE-A4, MAGE-A5, MAGE-A6, MAGE-A7, MAGE-A8, MAGE-A9, MAGE-A10, MAGE-A11, MAGE-A
  • Cancers or tumors and tumor antigens associated with such tumors include acute lymphoblastic leukemia (etv6; aml1; cyclophilin b), B cell lymphoma (Ig-idiotype), glioma (E-cadherin; ⁇ -catenin; ⁇ -catenin; ⁇ -catenin; p120ctn), bladder cancer (p21ras), biliary cancer (p21ras), breast cancer (MUC family; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), cervical carcinoma (p53; p21ras), colon carcinoma (p21 ras; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2; MUC family), colorectal cancer (Colorectal associated antigen (CRC)—C017-1A/GA733; APC), choriocarcinoma (CEA), epithelial cell cancer (cyclophilin b), gastric cancer (HER2/neu; c-erbB-2; ga73
  • CRC
  • a microbial antigen can be an antigen that is or is derived from an infectious microbial agent, including a bacterium, a virus, a fungus, or a parasite.
  • infectious bacteria examples include: Helicobacter pylori, Borrelia burgdorferi, Legionella pneumophila, Mycobacteria sps (such as. M. tuberculosis, M. avium, M. intracellulare, M. kansasii , and M.
  • Retroviridae including but not limited to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
  • Picornaviridae for example, polio viruses, hepatitis A virus; enteroviruses, human coxsackie viruses, rhinoviruses, echoviruses); Calciviridae (such as strains that cause gastroenteritis); Togaviridae (for example, equine encephalitis viruses, rubella viruses); Flaviviridae (for example, dengue viruses, encephalitis viruses, yellow fever viruses); Coronaviridae (for example, coronaviruses); Rhabdoviridae (for example, vesicular stomatitis viruses, rabies viruses); Filoviridae (for example, ebola viruses); Paramyxoviridae (for example, parainfluenza viruses, mumps virus, measles virus, respiratory syncytial virus); Orthomyxoviridae (for example, influenza viruses); Buny
  • infectious fungi examples include, but are not limited to, Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, Blastomyces dermatitidis , and Candida albicans.
  • an autoimmune condition refers to an autoimmune disease or disorder, i.e., an immunologically mediated acute or chronic process, directed by immune cells of a host subject against a tissue or organ of the host subject, resulting in injury to the tissue or organ.
  • an autoimmune condition refers to an autoimmune disease or disorder, i.e., an immunologically mediated acute or chronic process, directed by immune cells of a host subject against a tissue or organ of the host subject, resulting in injury to the tissue or organ.
  • the term encompasses both cellular and antibody-mediated autoimmune phenomena, as well as organ-specific and organ-nonspecific autoimmunity.
  • Autoimmune conditions specifically include insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • Inflammatory bowel disease includes Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis.
  • Autoimmune diseases also include, without limitation, ankylosing spondylitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura, autoimmune-associated infertility, Behçet's syndrome, bullous pemphigoid, Churg-Strauss disease, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, idiopathic Addison's disease, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, insulin resistance, mixed connective tissue disease, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus, pernicious anemia, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyositis/dermatomyositis, primary biliary sclerosis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, sarcoidosis, sclerosing cholang
  • the method of treatment of an autoimmune condition in a subject specifically includes treatment of a human subject.
  • the autoimmune condition is systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • the autoimmune condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the method of treatment of an autoimmune condition in a subject optionally can further include administration of another treatment agent or treatment modality useful in the treatment of the autoimmune condition.
  • the method can include administration of a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with an agent such as a corticosteroid (e.g., prednisone), a cytokine (e.g., IFN- ⁇ ), or other suitable immunomodulatory agent.
  • a corticosteroid e.g., prednisone
  • a cytokine e.g., IFN- ⁇
  • autoimmune diseases also include certain immune complex-associated diseases.
  • the term “immune complex-associated disease” as used herein refers to any disease characterized by the production and/or tissue deposition of immune complexes, including, but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and related connective tissue diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, hepatitis C- and hepatitis B-related immune complex disease (e.g., cryoglobulinemia), Behçet's syndrome, autoimmune glomerulonephritides, and vasculopathy associated with the presence of LDL/anti-LDL immune complexes.
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • connective tissue diseases e.g., hepatitis C- and hepatitis B-related immune complex disease (e.g., cryoglobulinemia), Behçet's syndrome, autoimmune glomerulonephritides, and vasculopathy associated with the
  • the term “treat” as used in reference to a disorder, disease, or condition means to prevent or slow the development of the disorder, disease, or condition; to prevent, slow or halt the progression of the disorder, disease, or condition; and/or to eliminate the disorder, disease, or condition.
  • an “active agent” refers to a compound or composition of the invention, disclosed herein.
  • an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned which does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is effective to treat the particular subject.
  • the effective amount for any particular application can vary depending on such factors as the disease or condition being treated, the particular active agent being administered, the size of the subject, or the severity of the disease or condition.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art can empirically determine the effective amount of a particular active agent and/or other therapeutic agent without necessitating undue experimentation.
  • a maximum dose that is, the highest safe dose according to some medical judgment. Multiple doses per day may be contemplated to achieve appropriate systemic levels of compounds. Appropriate system levels can be determined by, for example, measurement of the subject's peak or sustained plasma level of the active agent. “Dose” and “dosage” are used interchangeably herein.
  • daily oral doses of active compounds will be from about 0.01 milligrams/kg per day to 1000 milligrams/kg per day. It is expected that oral doses in the range of 0.5 to 50 milligrams/kg, in one or several administrations per day, will yield the desired results. Dosage may be adjusted appropriately to achieve desired drug levels, local or systemic, depending upon the mode of administration. For example, it is expected that intravenous administration would be from an order to several orders of magnitude lower dose per day. In the event that the response in a subject is insufficient at such doses, even higher doses (or effective higher doses by a different, more localized delivery route) may be employed to the extent that patient tolerance permits. Multiple doses per day are contemplated to achieve appropriate systemic levels of compounds.
  • the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from animal models.
  • a therapeutically effective dose can also be determined from human data for active agents which have been tested in humans and for compounds which are known to exhibit similar pharmacological activities, such as other related active agents. Higher doses may be required for parenteral administration.
  • the applied dose can be adjusted based on the relative bioavailability and potency of the administered compound. Adjusting the dose to achieve maximal efficacy based on the methods described above and other methods as are well known in the art is well within the capabilities of the ordinarily skilled artisan.
  • compositions of the invention are administered in pharmaceutically acceptable solutions, which may routinely contain pharmaceutically acceptable concentrations of salt, buffering agents, preservatives, compatible carriers, adjuvants, and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • an effective amount of the active agent can be administered to a subject by any mode that delivers the active agent to the desired surface.
  • Administering the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be accomplished by any means known to the skilled artisan.
  • Preferred routes of administration include but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, sublingual, intratracheal, inhalation, ocular, vaginal, and rectal.
  • the compounds i.e., active agents, and other therapeutic agents
  • the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compound(s) with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art.
  • Such carriers enable the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, drapes, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a subject to be treated.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained as solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • the oral formulations may also be formulated in saline or buffers, e.g. EDTA for neutralizing internal acid conditions or may be administered without any carriers.
  • oral dosage forms of the above component or components may be chemically modified so that oral delivery of the derivative is efficacious.
  • the chemical modification contemplated is the attachment of at least one moiety to the component molecule itself, where said moiety permits (a) inhibition of proteolysis; and (b) uptake into the blood stream from the stomach or intestine.
  • the increase in overall stability of the component or components and increase in circulation time in the body examples include: polyethylene glycol, copolymers of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone and polyproline.
  • the location of release may be the stomach, the small intestine (the duodenum, the jejunum, or the ileum), or the large intestine.
  • the stomach the small intestine (the duodenum, the jejunum, or the ileum), or the large intestine.
  • One skilled in the art has available formulations which will not dissolve in the stomach, yet will release the material in the duodenum or elsewhere in the intestine.
  • the release will avoid the deleterious effects of the stomach environment, either by protection of the active agent (or derivative) or by release of the biologically active material beyond the stomach environment, such as in the intestine.
  • a coating impermeable to at least pH 5.0 is essential.
  • examples of the more common inert ingredients that are used as enteric coatings are cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), HPMCP 50, HPMCP 55, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), Eudragit L30D, Aquateric, cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), Eudragit L, Eudragit S, and Shellac. These coatings may be used as mixed films.
  • a coating or mixture of coatings can also be used on tablets, which are not intended for protection against the stomach. This can include sugar coatings, or coatings which make the tablet easier to swallow.
  • Capsules may consist of a hard shell (such as gelatin) for delivery of dry therapeutic, e.g., powder; for liquid forms, a soft gelatin shell may be used.
  • the shell material of cachets could be thick starch or other edible paper. For pills, lozenges, molded tablets or tablet triturates, moist massing techniques can be used.
  • the therapeutic can be included in the formulation as fine multi-particulates in the form of granules or pellets of particle size about 1 mm.
  • the formulation of the material for capsule administration could also be as a powder, lightly compressed plugs or even as tablets.
  • the therapeutic could be prepared by compression.
  • Colorants and flavoring agents may all be included.
  • the active agent (or derivative) may be formulated (such as by liposome or microsphere encapsulation) and then further contained within an edible product, such as a refrigerated beverage containing colorants and flavoring agents.
  • diluents could include carbohydrates, especially mannitol, a-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose, sucrose, modified dextrans and starch.
  • Certain inorganic salts may be also be used as fillers including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride.
  • Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo, Emdex, STA-Rx 1500, Emcompress and Avicell.
  • Disintegrants may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic into a solid dosage form.
  • Materials used as disintegrants include but are not limited to starch, including the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab.
  • Sodium starch glycolate, Amberlite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ultramylopectin, sodium alginate, gelatin, orange peel, acid carboxymethylcellulose, natural sponge and bentonite may all be used.
  • Another form of the disintegrants are the insoluble cationic exchange resins.
  • Powdered gums may be used as disintegrants and as binders and these can include powdered gums such as agar, Karaya or tragacanth. Alginic acid and its sodium salt are also useful as disintegrants.
  • Binders may be used to hold the therapeutic agent together to form a hard tablet and include materials from natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch and gelatin. Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethylcellulose (CMC). Polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) could both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic.
  • MC methyl cellulose
  • EC ethyl cellulose
  • CMC carboxymethylcellulose
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • HPMC hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose
  • Lubricants may be used as a layer between the therapeutic and the die wall, and these can include but are not limited to: stearic acid including its magnesium and calcium salts, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), liquid paraffin, vegetable oils and waxes. Soluble lubricants may also be used such as sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol of various molecular weights, Carbowax 4000 and 6000.
  • the glidants may include starch, talc, pyrogenic silica and hydrated silicoaluminate.
  • surfactant might be added as a wetting agent.
  • Surfactants may include anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate.
  • anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate.
  • Cationic detergents might be used and could include benzalkonium chloride or benzethomium chloride.
  • Non-ionic detergents that could be included in the formulation as surfactants include lauromacrogol 400, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 10, 50, and 60, glycerol monostearate, polysorbate 40, 60, 65, and 80, sucrose fatty acid ester, methyl cellulose and carboxymethylcellulose. These surfactants could be present in the formulation of the active agent or derivative either alone or as a mixture in different ratios.
  • compositions which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • Microspheres formulated for oral administration may also be used. Such microspheres have been well defined in the art. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
  • compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the compounds for use according to the present invention may be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide
  • the active agent (or derivative) is delivered to the lungs of a mammal while inhaling and traverses across the lung epithelial lining to the blood stream.
  • Other reports of inhaled molecules include Adjei et al. (1990) Pharmaceutical Research 7:565-569; Adjei et al. (1990) International Journal of Pharmaceutics 63:135-144 (leuprolide acetate); Braquet et al. (1989) Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 13(suppl. 5):143-146 (endothelin-1); Hubbard et al.
  • Contemplated for use in the practice of this invention are a wide range of mechanical devices designed for pulmonary delivery of therapeutic products, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers, all of which are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Ultravent nebulizer manufactured by Mallinckrodt, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
  • Acorn II nebulizer manufactured by Marquest Medical Products, Englewood, Colo.
  • the Ventolin metered dose inhaler manufactured by Glaxo Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
  • the Spinhaler powder inhaler manufactured by Fisons Corp., Bedford, Mass.
  • each formulation is specific to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to the usual diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy. Also, the use of liposomes, microcapsules or microspheres, inclusion complexes, or other types of carriers is contemplated.
  • Chemically modified active agent may also be prepared in different formulations depending on the type of chemical modification or the type of device employed.
  • Formulations suitable for use with a nebulizer will typically comprise active agent (or derivative) dissolved in water at a concentration of about 0.1 to 25 mg of biologically active agent per ml of solution.
  • the formulation may also include a buffer and a simple sugar (e.g., for active agent stabilization and regulation of osmotic pressure).
  • the nebulizer formulation may also contain a surfactant, to reduce or prevent surface induced aggregation of the active agent caused by atomization of the solution in forming the aerosol.
  • Formulations for use with a metered-dose inhaler device will generally comprise a finely divided powder containing the active agent (or derivative) suspended in a propellant with the aid of a surfactant.
  • the propellant may be any conventional material employed for this purpose, such as a chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon, including trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethanol, and 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, or combinations thereof.
  • Suitable surfactants include sorbitan trioleate and soya lecithin. Oleic acid may also be useful as a surfactant.
  • Formulations for dispensing from a powder inhaler device will comprise a finely divided dry powder containing active agent (or derivative) and may also include a bulking agent, such as lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, or mannitol in amounts which facilitate dispersal of the powder from the device, e.g., 50 to 90% by weight of the formulation.
  • active agent (or derivative) should most advantageously be prepared in particulate form with an average particle size of less than 10 mm (or microns), most preferably 0.5 to 5 mm, for most effective delivery to the distal lung.
  • Nasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also contemplated.
  • Nasal delivery allows the passage of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention to the blood stream directly after administering the therapeutic product to the nose, without the necessity for deposition of the product in the lung.
  • Formulations for nasal delivery include those with dextran or cyclodextran.
  • a useful device is a small, hard bottle to which a metered dose sprayer is attached.
  • the metered dose is delivered by drawing the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention solution into a chamber of defined volume, which chamber has an aperture dimensioned to aerosolize and aerosol formulation by forming a spray when a liquid in the chamber is compressed.
  • the chamber is compressed to administer the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
  • the chamber is a piston arrangement.
  • Such devices are commercially available.
  • a plastic squeeze bottle with an aperture or opening dimensioned to aerosolize an aerosol formulation by forming a spray when squeezed is used.
  • the opening is usually found in the top of the bottle, and the top is generally tapered to partially fit in the nasal passages for efficient administration of the aerosol formulation.
  • the nasal inhaler will provide a metered amount of the aerosol formulation, for administration of a measured dose of the drug.
  • the compounds when it is desirable to deliver them systemically, may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the active compounds may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • a suitable vehicle e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water
  • the compounds may also be formulated in rectal or vaginal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation.
  • Such long acting formulations may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • compositions also may comprise suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients.
  • suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
  • Suitable liquid or solid pharmaceutical preparation forms are, for example, aqueous or saline solutions for inhalation, microencapsulated, encochleated, coated onto microscopic gold particles, contained in liposomes, nebulized, aerosols, pellets for implantation into the skin, or dried onto a sharp object to be scratched into the skin.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions also include granules, powders, tablets, coated tablets, (micro)capsules, suppositories, syrups, emulsions, suspensions, creams, drops or preparations with protracted release of active compounds, in whose preparation excipients and additives and/or auxiliaries such as disintegrants, binders, coating agents, swelling agents, lubricants, flavorings, sweeteners or solubilizers are customarily used as described above.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems. For a brief review of methods for drug delivery, see Langer (1990) Science 249:1527-1533, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the active agents and optionally other therapeutics may be administered per se (neat) or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the salts should be pharmaceutically acceptable, but non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may conveniently be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Such salts include, but are not limited to, those prepared from the following acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, nitric, phosphoric, maleic, acetic, salicylic, p-toluene sulphonic, tartaric, citric, methane sulphonic, formic, malonic, succinic, naphthalene-2-sulphonic, and benzene sulphonic.
  • such salts can be prepared as alkaline metal or alkaline earth salts, such as sodium, potassium or calcium salts of the carboxylic acid group.
  • Suitable buffering agents include: acetic acid and a salt (1-2% w/v); citric acid and a salt (1-3% w/v); boric acid and a salt (0.5-2.5% w/v); and phosphoric acid and a salt (0.8-2% w/v).
  • Suitable preservatives include benzalkonium chloride (0.003-0.03% w/v); chlorobutanol (0.3-0.9% w/v); parabens (0.01-0.25% w/v) and thimerosal (0.004-0.02% w/v).
  • compositions of the invention contain an effective amount of active agent and optionally therapeutic agents included in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means one or more compatible solid or liquid filler, diluents or encapsulating substances which are suitable for administration to a human or other vertebrate animal.
  • carrier denotes an organic or inorganic ingredient, natural or synthetic, with which the active ingredient is combined to facilitate the application.
  • the components of the pharmaceutical compositions also are capable of being commingled with the compounds of the present invention, and with each other, in a manner such that there is no interaction which would substantially impair the desired pharmaceutical efficiency.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is a sterile preparation containing the active agent.
  • the composition can be made sterile by any suitable means, including filter sterilization.
  • the therapeutic agent(s), including specifically but not limited to the active agent, may be provided in particles.
  • Particles as used herein means nano or microparticles (or in some instances larger) which can consist in whole or in part of the active agent or the other therapeutic agent(s) as described herein.
  • the particles may contain the therapeutic agent(s) in a core surrounded by a coating, including, but not limited to, an enteric coating.
  • the therapeutic agent(s) also may be dispersed throughout the particles.
  • the therapeutic agent(s) also may be adsorbed into the particles.
  • the particles may be of any order release kinetics, including zero order release, first order release, second order release, delayed release, sustained release, immediate release, and any combination thereof, etc.
  • the particle may include, in addition to the therapeutic agent(s), any of those materials routinely used in the art of pharmacy and medicine, including, but not limited to, erodible, nonerodible, biodegradable, or nonbiodegradable material or combinations thereof.
  • the particles may be microcapsules which contain the active agent in a solution or in a semi-solid state.
  • the particles may be of virtually any shape.
  • Both non-biodegradable and biodegradable polymeric materials can be used in the manufacture of particles for delivering the therapeutic agent(s).
  • Such polymers may be natural or synthetic polymers. The polymer is selected based on the period of time over which release is desired.
  • Bioadhesive polymers of particular interest include bioerodible hydrogels described by H. S. Sawhney, C. P. Pathak and J. A. Hubell in Macromolecules , (1993) 26:581-587, the teachings of which are incorporated herein.
  • polyhyaluronic acids casein, gelatin, glutin, polyanhydrides, polyacrylic acid, alginate, chitosan, poly(methyl methacrylates), poly(ethyl methacrylates), poly(butylmethacrylate), poly(isobutyl methacrylate), poly(hexylmethacrylate), poly(isodecyl methacrylate), poly(lauryl methacrylate), poly(phenyl methacrylate), poly(methyl acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate), poly(isobutyl acrylate), and poly(octadecyl acrylate).
  • controlled release is intended to refer to any drug-containing formulation in which the manner and profile of drug release from the formulation are controlled. This refers to immediate as well as non-immediate release formulations, with non-immediate release formulations including but not limited to sustained release and delayed release formulations.
  • sustained release also referred to as “extended release” is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for gradual release of a drug over an extended period of time, and that preferably, although not necessarily, results in substantially constant blood levels of a drug over an extended time period.
  • delayed release is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation in which there is a time delay between administration of the formulation and the release of the drug therefrom. “Delayed release” may or may not involve gradual release of drug over an extended period of time, and thus may or may not be “sustained release.”
  • Long-term sustained release implant may be particularly suitable for treatment of chronic conditions.
  • Long-term release as used herein, means that the implant is constructed and arranged to deliver therapeutic levels of the active ingredient for at least 7 days, and preferably 30-60 days.
  • Long-term sustained release implants are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include some of the release systems described above.
  • the precipitated product was extracted into methylene chloride (200 mL). Methylene chloride was evaporated under vacuum to provide the product as an oil in a crude yield of 5.2 gm (92%). The oil was dissolved in hexane (25 mL) and with scratching, the product crystallized. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with hexane and dried to give 2.5 gm (44.4%) of purified 6-bromo-4-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-phenylquinazoline as an off white solid.
  • Compounds of class A3I represent compounds of Formula III wherein R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and R 3 is Y 1 (Ar—Y 2 ), as defined herein.
  • Compounds of class AbI represent compounds of Formula III wherein R 4 and R 8 are hydrogen, R 3 is Y 3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R 7 is Y 2 , as defined herein.
  • Compounds of class CII represent compounds of Formula XV wherein R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen and R 6 is Y 3 , as defined herein.
  • CII compounds are made by conversion of 5-bromoisatoic anhydride to 5-bromoanthranilamide in the presence of ammonium hydroxide. Condensation with diethyl malonate provides the 2,4-dihydroxy-6-bromoquinazoline. Suzuki coupling (Goodson F E et. al. (2004) Org Syn Coll. Vol. 10:501) is used to synthesize 2,4-dihydroxy-6-phenylquinazoline which is converted to the dichloroquinazoline through the use of phosphorus oxychloride. Sequential displacement of the chlorine in the 4-position of the quinazoline followed by displacement of the chlorine in the 2-position by the same or different amines provides the CII compounds.
  • Compounds of class BIV represent compounds of Formula XI wherein R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and Y 1 is Ar—Y 2 , as defined herein.
  • BIV compounds are prepared by condensation of 3-aminopicolinic acid, via its methyl ester, with 4-bromoacetophenone to give 2-(4-bromophenyl)-4-hydroxynaphthyridine. Conversion to the 4-chloro naphthyridine and displacement of the chlorine first, followed by the bromine are achieved by methods described above.
  • Compounds of class DbII represent compounds of Formula XXI wherein R 6 and R 8 are hydrogen and R 7 is Y 2 , as defined herein.
  • the starting point for the synthesis of the DbII compounds is 2-nitro-4-bromobenzoic acid. This is converted to 4-bromoanthranilamide by forming the acid chloride and aminating this with ammonium hydroxide. Condensation with benzaldehyde in the presence of sodium bisulfite (Imai Y et al. (1981) Synthesis 1:35) gives 2-phenyl-4-hydroxy-7-bromoquinazoline. Formation of the DbII compounds involves the conversion of the 4-hydroxyquinazoline to the 4-chloroquinazoline followed by displacement of the chlorine and then the bromine with amines by the methods described earlier.
  • Compounds of class DI represent compounds of Formula XX wherein R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and R 6 is Y 2 , as defined herein.
  • DI compounds The synthesis of DI compounds starts with 5-bromoisatoic anhydride. This is converted to methyl-5-bromoanthranilate by reaction with methanol. Condensation with acetophenone provides 2-phenyl-4-hydroxy-6-bromoquinoline. This is converted to the 4-chloroquinoline by reaction with phosphorus oxychloride. Displacement of the chlorine and then the bromine with amines by the methods described earlier provide the DI compounds
  • Compounds of class CI represent compounds of Formula XIV wherein R 3 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen and R 6 is Y 3 , as defined herein.
  • Compounds of class CaI represent compounds of Formula XIV wherein R 3 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen and R 8 is Y 3 , as defined herein.
  • 2-bromoaniline is converted into 2,4-dihydroxy-8-bromoquinoline and subsequently into the CaI compounds by methods described earlier.
  • Compounds of class A3I represent compounds of Formula XV wherein R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen and R 8 is Y 3 , as defined herein.
  • 3-bromoanthranilic acid is converted to 3-phenylanthranilic acid by Suzuki coupling procedures described above.
  • the 3-phenylanthranilic acid is used to prepare the isatoic anhydride by reaction with a phosgene equivalent.
  • Ring opening with ammonium hydroxide provides the anthranilamide which is converted to the dihydroxyquinazoline by the methods described earlier.
  • Conversion to the dichloroquinazoline followed by sequential displacement of the chlorine in the 4-position of the quinazoline and displacement of the chlorine in the 2-position by the same or different amines provides the CaII compounds.
  • PBMC buffy coat preparations from healthy male and female human donors were obtained from the Institute for Hemostaseology and Transfusion Medicine of the University of Düsseldorf (Germany).
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • Freshly isolated PBMC were resuspended at a concentration of 3 ⁇ 10 6 /ml to 5 ⁇ 10 6 /ml with RPMI 1640 culture medium and added to 96-well round-bottomed plates (150 ⁇ l/well) which had previously received nothing or selected concentrations (typically 10 ⁇ M-0.085 nM as 7-fold serial dilutions) of small molecule.
  • 1 ⁇ M CpG oligodeoxynucleotide (ODN) 2395 (TCGTCGTTTTCGGCGCGCGCCG; SEQ ID NO:3) was added to wells containing small molecules.
  • cytokines in the supernatants were assessed using enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA) specific for IFN- ⁇ or TNF- ⁇ using commercially available antibodies or kits from BD Pharmingen or Diaclone, respectively.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • IFN- ⁇ readout using CpG 2395 was used to measure TLR9 response.
  • IFN- ⁇ readout using ORN R-1362+DOTAP was used to measure TLR7 response.
  • TNF- ⁇ release using R-1362 complexed to DOTAP was used to measure TLR8-mediated immune response.
  • TBME tert-butylmethyl ether
  • the bromoquinazoline 3 (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol) was combined with tris-(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (23.8 mg, 2.6 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 mol), +/ ⁇ binaphthyl (BINAP) (48.6 mg, 7.8 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 mol), sodium tert-butoxide (350 mg, 3.6 mmol) and toluene (5 mL). This mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 15 minutes and was then treated with 2-aminoethylmorpholine (406 mg, 3.12 mmol) in toluene (3 mL). The reaction was then stirred under nitrogen for 2 h.
  • the reaction was examined by TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) after this time and was found to have gone to completion. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was washed with water (100 mL). The ethyl acetate solution was then extracted with 10% HCl (2 ⁇ 25 mL). The yellow acidic extracts were combined and were washed with ethyl acetate (25 mL) after which they were made basic by the addition of 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The solid which precipitated was extracted into methylene chloride (2 ⁇ 25 mL). Evaporation of the solvents gave the product 4 as a yellow solid in a yield of 1.02 g (90.7%). This solid was recrystallized from a mixture of toluene and hexane.
  • mice are administered 100 ⁇ g-300 ⁇ g CpG ODN 2006 (TCGTCGTTTTGTCGTTTTGTCGTT; SEQ ID NO:1) by intraperitoneal injection.
  • One group of mice receiving CpG ODN is also administered 100 ng-300 ⁇ g of a compound of the invention, orally or intravenously.
  • Serum samples are obtained from mice from each group and/or mice from each group are sacrificed at one or more specified times, 1 to 48 hours following administration of CpG ODN alone or CpG ODN plus compound of the invention. Cytokine expression is evaluated in sera and/or splenocyte cultures derived from each group at each time point.
  • Th1 cytokine expression in mice receiving both CpG ODN and compound of the invention is reduced compared to Th1 cytokine expression in mice receiving CpG ODN alone.
  • Percent of control expression of Th1 cytokine is plotted as a function of concentration of compound of the invention.
  • IC 50 corresponds to the concentration of compound which reduces Th1 cytokine expression to 50 percent of control expression of Th1 cytokine.
  • Two groups of age-matched female non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice are administered 100 ⁇ g-300 ⁇ g CpG ODN 2006 by intraperitoneal injection, once weekly beginning at six weeks of age.
  • One group of NOD mice receiving CpG ODN is also administered 100 ng-300 ⁇ g of a compound of the invention, orally or intravenously, once weekly beginning at six weeks of age.
  • another group of age-matched female NOD mice receiving compound alone can also be included, as can be another group of age-matched female NOD mice receiving neither CpG ODN nor compound. All mice are maintained on a regular diet and monitored at least once weekly for development of hyperglycemia (random blood glucose ⁇ 350 mg/dL measured on at least one occasion). Age at development of hyperglycemia is compared between groups. The group receiving CpG ODN alone develops hyperglycemia earlier than the group receiving CpG ODN and compound.

Abstract

Small molecule compounds and compositions containing said compounds useful for inhibiting signaling by certain Toll-like receptors (TLRs), particularly TLR9, are provided. The compounds and compositions can be used to inhibit immune responses, including unwanted immune responses in particular. Compounds, compositions, and methods are provided to treat a variety of conditions involving unwanted immune responses, including for example autoimmune disease, inflammation, transplant rejection, and sepsis.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates generally to immunology. More particularly, the invention relates to small molecules capable of inhibiting an immune response, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the small molecule inhibitors, and methods of using the inhibitors.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Stimulation of the immune system, which includes stimulation of either or both innate immunity and adaptive immunity, is a complex phenomenon that can result in either protective or adverse physiologic outcomes for the host. In recent years there has been increased interest in the mechanisms underlying innate immunity, which is believed to initiate and support adaptive immunity. This interest has been fueled in part by the recent discovery of a family of highly conserved pattern recognition receptor proteins known as Toll-like receptors (TLRs) believed to be involved in innate immunity as receptors for pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs). Compositions and methods useful for modulating innate immunity are therefore of great interest, as they may affect therapeutic approaches to conditions involving autoimmunity, inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft versus host disease (GvHD), infection, cancer, and immunodeficiency.
  • Recently there have been a number of reports describing the immunostimulatory effect of certain types of nucleic acid molecules, including CpG nucleic acids and double-stranded RNA. Of note, it was recently reported that Toll-like receptor 9 (TLR9) recognizes bacterial DNA and CpG DNA. Hemmi H et al. (2000) Nature 408:740-5; Bauer S et al. (2001) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98:9237-42. It was also recently reported that immune complexes containing IgG and nucleic acid can stimulate TLR9 and participate in B-cell activation in certain autoimmune diseases. Leadbetter E A et al. (2002) Nature 416:595-8.
  • Chlroroquines have been recognized as useful not only as anti-malarial agents but also as anti-inflammatory agents. Although its mechanism of action is not well understood, chloroquine has been used effectively in the treatment of various autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis (R A) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). For a review, see Wallace D J (1996) Lupus 5 Suppl 1:S59-64. Recently Macfarlane and colleagues described a number of small molecule analogs and derivatives of chloroquine (4-aminoquinoline) and quinacrine(9-aminoacridine) which reportedly inhibit stimulation of the immune system. U.S. Pat. No. 6,221,882; U.S. Pat. No. 6,479,504; U.S. Pat. No. 6,521,637; published international patent application WO 00/76982; and published international patent application WO 99/01154. Macfarlane and colleagues report these small molecule inhibitors of the immune response, even when used at nanomolar concentrations, can block the action of immunostimulatory DNA. U.S. Pat. No. 6,221,882 B1. Macfarlane and coworkers studied a large number of compounds by varying substituents on a limited number of 4-aminoquinoline and 9-aminoacridine core structures related to chloroquine and quinacrine.
  • More recently Lipford et al. described yet additional small molecule TLR antagonists, including certain substituted quinoline and quinazoline compounds, in published patent application US 2005/0119273 A1.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compositions and methods useful for inhibiting an immune response.
  • The invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00001
  • wherein
  • X1, X2, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R1 and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y3;
  • R4 is a group having the structure,
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00002
  • where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R5 is absent or hydrogen;
  • R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y2; and
  • R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y3;
  • wherein
  • Y1 is Ar—Y2, where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
  • Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl; and
  • at least one of R3, R6, R7, and R8 is Y1; or at least one of R6 and R7 is Y2; and/or at least one of R3 and R8 is Y3.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least one of X1, X2, X3, and X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least two of X1, X2, X3, and X4 are nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this and other aspects of the invention, R4 is
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00003
  • These groups are also referred to herein as follows:
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00004
  • 1-(4-methyl-piperazine) or, equivalently, pip;
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00005
  • N—[N,N-dimethylethylenediamine] or, equivalently, diamine;
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00006
  • N—[N,N-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine] or, equivalently, dipamine;
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00007
  • (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine or, equivalently, dimor;
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00008
  • (3-morpholin-4-yl-propyl)-amine or, equivalently, dipmor;
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00009
  • [3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl-ethyl)]-amine or, equivalently, dipip; and
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00010
  • [3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl-propyl)]-amine or, equivalently, dippip.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • In one embodiment the compound has one of the following structures,
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00011
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00012
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip; or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2 is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment, i.e.,
  • R4 pip and Y2 pip; R4 pip and Y2 diamine; R4 pip and Y2 dipamine; R4 pip and Y2 dimor; R4 pip and Y2 dipmor; R4 pip and Y2 dipip; R4 pip and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 diamine and Y2 pip; R4 diamine and Y2 diamine; R4 diamine and Y2 dipamine; R4 diamine and Y2 dimor; R4 diamine and Y2 dipmor; R4 diamine and Y2 dipip; R4 diamine and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 dipamine and Y2 pip; R4 dipamine and Y2 diamine; R4 dipamine and Y2 dipamine; R4 dipamine and Y2 dimor; R4 dipamine and Y2 dipmor; R4 dipamine and Y2 dipip; R4 dipamine and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 dimor and Y2 pip; R4 dimor and Y2 diamine; R4 dimor and Y2 dipamine; R4 dimor and Y2 dimor; R4 dimor and Y2 dipmor; R4 dimor and Y2 dipip; R4 dimor and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 dipmor and Y2 pip; R4 dipmor and Y2 diamine; R4 dipmor and Y2 dipamine; R4 dipmor and Y2 dimor; R4 dipmor and Y2 dipmor; R4 dipmor and Y2 dipip; R4 dipmor and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 dipip and Y2 pip; R4 dipip and Y2 diamine; R4 dipip and Y2 dipamine; R4 dipip and Y2 dimor; R4 dipip and Y2 dipmor; R4 dipip and Y2 dipip; R4 dipip and Y2 dippip;
  • R4 dippip and Y2 pip; R4 dippip and Y2 diamine; R4 dippip and Y2 dipamine; R4 dippip and Y2 dimor; R4 dippip and Y2 dipmor; R4 dippip and Y2 dipip; R4 dippip and Y2 dippip.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00013
  • wherein R7 is Y1.
  • Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1 and R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00014
  • wherein R8 is Y1.
  • Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1 and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00015
  • wherein R3 is Y1.
  • Further according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1 and R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00016
  • wherein R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3.
  • Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, and R3 and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, R3 and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00017
  • wherein R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2.
  • Further according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, and R6 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00018
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1 and R7 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, R7 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00019
  • wherein R7 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1 and R6 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00020
  • wherein R8 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R6 and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1 and R6 and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, R6 and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00021
  • wherein R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R7 is hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, and R7 is hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, R7 is hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00022
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R1 is hydrogen and R6 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y1, and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R6 is Y1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00023
  • wherein R1 is hydrogen and R7 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R7 is Y1, and R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R7 is Y1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00024
  • wherein R1 is hydrogen and R8 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R8 is Y1, and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R8 is Y1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00025
  • wherein R1 is hydrogen and R3 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y1, and R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen and R3 is Y1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00026
  • wherein R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, and R3 and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, R3 and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00027
  • wherein R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y3, and R7 is Y2.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y3, and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y3, and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, and R6 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is hydrogen, R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00028
  • wherein R1 is Y3 and R7 is Y2.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is Y3, R7 is Y2, and R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R1 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00029
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00030
  • wherein R7 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, and R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00031
  • wherein R8 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to, this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00032
  • wherein R3 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, and R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00033
  • wherein R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3 and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, and R3 and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, R3 and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00034
  • wherein R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, and R6 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00035
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1 and R1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y1, R1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00036
  • wherein R7 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1 and R1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y1, R1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00037
  • wherein R8 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1 and R1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y1, R1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00038
  • wherein R3 is Y1.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, in one embodiment R1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1 and R1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y1, R1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00039
  • wherein R6 is Y2 and R3 is Y3.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R1, R3, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R1, R3, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R8 is Y3, and R1, R3, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R8 is Y3, R1, R3, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00040
  • wherein R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2.
  • Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R1, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3, R7 is Y2, and R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3 is Y3 and R7 is Y2, R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • The invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00041
  • wherein
  • X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R4 is a group having the structure,
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00042
  • where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R5 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
  • Y1 is Ar—Y2, where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
  • wherein
  • Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • wherein, when the compound has the structure (IX) wherein X3 is nitrogen, X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least one of X1, X3, and X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least two of X1, X3, and X4 are nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00043
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00044
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00045
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • The invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00046
  • wherein
  • X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R4 is a group having the structure,
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00047
  • where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R5 is absent or hydrogen;
  • R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y3;
  • R7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
  • Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • wherein
  • Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least one of X1, X3, and X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least two of X1, X3, and X4 are nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00048
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00049
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00050
  • wherein R8 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3 and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00051
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3 and R7 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, R7 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00052
  • wherein R8 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R6 and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3 and R6 and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, R6 and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00053
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00054
  • wherein R8 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3 and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00055
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y3, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00056
  • wherein R8 is Y3. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3 and R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R8 is Y3, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • The invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00057
  • wherein
  • X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R4 is a group having the structure,
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00058
  • where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
  • R5 is absent or hydrogen;
  • R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y2;
  • R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
  • Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl;
  • wherein
  • Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least one of X1, X3, and X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention at least two of X1, X3, and X4 are nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00059
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00060
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R3 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00061
  • wherein R7 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2 and R3, R6, and R3 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00062
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R7 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R7 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R7 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00063
  • wherein R7 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R6 and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2 and R6 and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00064
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00065
  • wherein R7 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R3 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2 and R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00066
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00067
  • wherein R7 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, in one embodiment R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2 and R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R7 is Y2, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R4 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, in one embodiment Y2 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R4 and Y2, as set forth above, is specifically embraced by the latter embodiment.
  • The invention in one aspect is a compound having a structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00068
  • wherein
  • X1, X2, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
  • R1, R3, and R5 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • R6 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y2;
  • R7, R8, and R15 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
  • each Q is independently optionally substituted alkyl or Y2; and
  • n is an integer from 1-5;
  • wherein
  • Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, at least one of X1, X2, X3, and X4 is nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, at least two of X1, X2, X3, and X4 are nitrogen.
  • In one embodiment according to this aspect of the invention, at least one Q is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip, as disclosed above.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00069
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00070
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment each and every Q is Y2.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00071
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qo is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of Qp and Qo, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00072
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment Q is independently Y2. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and Q is independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 and Q are independently Y2, and R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R6 and Q, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00073
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment each and every Q is Y2.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00074
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qo is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of Qp and Qo, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00075
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment Q is independently Y2. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and Q is independently Y2, in one embodiment R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R15, R5, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 and Q are independently Y2, and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R6 and Q, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00076
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment each and every Q is Y2.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00077
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qo is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of Qp and Qo, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00078
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment Q is independently Y2. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and Q is independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 and Q are independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R6 and Q, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00079
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment each and every Q is Y2.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00080
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide. Further according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qo is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which Qp and Qo are independently Y2 and R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment Qp and Qo are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of Qp and Qo, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one embodiment the compound has the structure
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00081
  • Further according to this embodiment, in one embodiment R6 is Y2. Further according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, in one embodiment Q is independently Y2. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2 and Q is independently Y2, in one embodiment R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 is Y2, Q is independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 is pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Further still according to this embodiment in which R6 and Q are independently Y2, and R3, R15, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, in one embodiment R6 and Q are independently pip, diamine, dipamine, dimor, dipmor, dipip, or dippip. Each and every combination of R6 and Q, analogous to each and every combination of R4 and Y2 as set forth above, is specifically embraced by this latter embodiment.
  • In one aspect the invention is a pharmaceutical composition. The pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of at least one compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration. In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for parenteral administration.
  • In one aspect the invention is a method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR). The method according to this aspect of the invention includes the step of contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a composition of the invention to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
  • In one embodiment the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • In one embodiment the agonist of the TLR is a CpG nucleic acid. In one embodiment the agonist of the TLR is RNA.
  • In one embodiment the contacting occurs in vitro.
  • In one embodiment the cell expressing the TLR is an immune cell. In one embodiment the cell expressing the TLR is a cell that is modified to express the TLR.
  • In one aspect the invention is a method for reducing an immune response. The method according to this aspect of the invention includes the step of contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a composition of the invention to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
  • In one embodiment the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • In one embodiment the contacting occurs in vitro. In one embodiment the contacting occurs in vivo.
  • In one embodiment the immune response is a Th1-like immune response. In one embodiment the immune response is secretion of a cytokine. In one embodiment the immune response is secretion of a chemokine.
  • In one embodiment the immune response is an immune response to an antigen. In one embodiment the antigen is an allergen. In one embodiment the antigen is a microbial antigen. In one embodiment the antigen is an antigen characteristic of an autoimmune condition.
  • In one aspect the invention is a method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject. The method includes the step of administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a composition of the invention to treat the autoimmune condition.
  • In one embodiment the TLR is TLR7. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR8. In one embodiment the TLR is TLR9. In one embodiment the TLR is a human TLR.
  • In one embodiment the autoimmune condition is selected from ankylosing spondylitis, atherosclerosis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, auto immune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura, autoimmune-associated infertility, Behçet's syndrome, bullous pemphigoid, Churg-Strauss disease, Crohn's disease, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Grave's disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, idiopathic Addison's disease, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, insulin resistance, mixed connective tissue disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus, pernicious anemia, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyositis, primary biliary sclerosis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, sclerosing cholangitis, Sjögren's syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, ulcerative colitis, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • In one embodiment the autoimmune condition is systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • In one embodiment the autoimmune condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • In one embodiment the subject is a human.
  • Each of the limitations of the invention can encompass various embodiments of the invention. It is, therefore, anticipated that each of the limitations of the invention involving any one element or combinations of elements can be included in each aspect of the invention. This invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. Also, the phraseology and terminology used herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of “including,” “comprising,” or “having,” “containing”, “involving”, and variations thereof herein, is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention is based at least in part on the discovery by the inventors of certain small molecules that can inhibit signaling by Toll-like receptors (TLRs) and so inhibit an immune response. The compositions and methods of the invention can be used to inhibit immune responses, e.g., unwanted immune responses such as are involved in a variety of conditions and diseases characterized by antigen-specific or antigen-nonspecific immune responses. Such conditions and diseases include, without limitation, autoimmune disorders, inflammation, and transplant rejection. Thus the invention relates at least in part to novel compositions and methods for their use in the treatment of diseases and disorders characterized by unwanted immune responses, including autoimmune disorders, inflammation, and transplant rejection.
  • Significantly, the compositions and methods of the invention can be used either with or without knowledge of the particular antigen or antigens that may be involved in an immune response. The compounds discovered according to the invention are inhibitors of one or more so-called pattern recognition receptors (PRRs) that signal immune cells in response to their interaction with particular nucleic acid molecules. Alternatively or in addition, the compounds discovered according to the invention are inhibitors of one or more so-called pattern recognition receptors (PRRs) that signal immune cells in response to their interaction with nucleic acid molecule-containing complexes, e.g., certain immune complexes. Of particular interest in connection with the instant invention are TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, PRRs for certain nucleic acid molecules.
  • TLR7 interacts with single- and double-stranded RNA in a sequence-dependent manner, as well as with the imidazoquinolines imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848). Heil F et al. (2004) Science 303:1526-9. In humans TLR7 is expressed in B cells and both myeloid dendritic cells (mDC) and plasmacytoid dendritic cells (pDC). In mice TLR7 is expressed in pDC.
  • TLR8 interacts with single-stranded RNA in a sequence-dependent manner, as well as with the imidazoquinolines imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848). Heil F et al. (2004) Science 303:1526-9. In humans TLR8 is expressed in myeloid cells, but TLR8 is not expressed in mice.
  • TLR9 interacts with DNA containing CpG motifs that include unmethylated 5′ cytosine-guanine 3′ (CG) dinucleotides occurring within a the context of certain short flanking nucleotide sequences. Hemmi H et al. (2000) Nature 408:740-5. In humans TLR9 is expressed in B cells and pDC. In mice, TLR9 is expressed in B cells, pDC, and mDC.
  • As used herein, the term “CpG DNA” refers to an immunostimulatory nucleic acid which contains a cytosine-guanine (CG) dinucleotide, the C residue of which is unmethylated. The effects of CpG nucleic acids on immune modulation have been described extensively in U.S. patents such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,194,388; 6,207,646; 6,239,116; and 6,218,371, and published international patent applications, such as WO98/37919, WO98/40100, WO98/52581, and WO99/56755. The entire contents of each of these patents and published patent applications is hereby incorporated by reference. The entire immunostimulatory nucleic acid can be unmethylated or portions may be unmethylated but at least the C of the 5′-CG-3′ must be unmethylated.
  • CpG DNA includes both naturally occurring immunostimulatory nucleic acids, as found in bacterial DNA and plasmids, as well as synthetic oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN).
  • In one embodiment the CpG DNA is a CpG ODN that has a base sequence provided by 5′-TCGTCGTTTTGTCGTTTTGTCGTT-3′ (ODN 2006; SEQ ID NO:1).
  • CpG ODN have been further classified by structure and function into at least the following three classes or types, all of which are intended to be encompassed within the term CpG DNA as used herein: B-class CpG ODN such as ODN 2006 include the originally described immunostimulatory CpG ODN and characteristically activate B cells and NK cells but do not induce or only weakly induce expression of type I interferon (e.g., IFN-α). A-class CpG ODN, described in published PCT international application WO 01/22990, incorporate a CpG motif, include a chimeric phosphodiester/phosphorothioate backbone, and characteristically activate NK cells and induce plasmacytoid dendritic cells to express large amounts of IFN-α but do not activate or only weakly activate B cells. An example of an A-class CpG ODN is 5′-G*G*G_G_G_A_C_G_A_T_C_G_T_C_G*G*G*G*G*G-3′ (ODN 2216, SEQ ID NO:2), wherein “*” represents phosphorothioate and “_” represents phosphodiester. C-class CpG ODN incorporate a CpG, include a wholly phosphorothioate backbone, include a GC-rich palindromic or nearly-palindromic region, and are capable of both activating B cells and inducing expression of IFN-α. C-class CpG ODN have been described, for example, in published U.S. patent application 2003/0148976. An example of a C-class CpG ODN is 5′-TCGTCGTTTTCGGCGCGCGCCG-3′ (ODN 2395; SEQ ID NO:3). For a review of the various classes of CpG ODN, see also Vollmer J et al. (2004) Eur J Immunol 34:251-62.
  • TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are characteristically expressed in endosomes of these particular classes of immune cells, and they are known to be inhibited by certain compounds, including in particular chloroquine and derivatives thereof, that are concentrated in endosomes.
  • A number of publications have described small molecule inhibitors of TLR9. These include U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,221,882, 6,399,630, 6,479,504, 6,521,637, and US Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003-0232856 and 2005-0119273, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The inhibitor molecules disclosed in these patents and published patent applications include certain 4-aminoquinolines, 9-aminoacridines, 4-aminoquinazolines, and others, all of which are to be distinguished from the compositions disclosed herein.
  • The instant invention is based in part on the use of molecular modeling to perform a systematic study of predicted inhibitory activities of two-ringed core compounds substituted with any of a number of particular side group substituents. The modeling method provides a quantitative prediction of IC50 for a given compound, that is, the concentration required for half-maximal inhibition of immunostimulation induced by a stimulatory amount or concentration of suitable agonist. In one embodiment the IC50 is the concentration required for half-maximal inhibition of immunostimulation induced by EC50 of suitable agonist, e.g., CpG DNA for TLR9. The EC50 of an agonist is the concentration of agonist required for half-maximal stimulation by that agonist. A typical EC50 value for CpG DNA in respect of TLR9 is about 1 μM. In general, compounds with lower IC50 values are preferred over compounds with higher IC50 values. Predicted IC50 values for many compounds of interest typically fall within the range of less than 1 nM to about 2000 nM. Many compounds of interest have predicted IC50 values of less than or equal to about 500 nM, including, more particularly, those with predicted IC50 values of less than or equal to about 100 nM. As disclosed in the examples herein, many compounds of particular interest have predicted IC50 values of less than or equal to about 50 nM. Also as disclosed in the examples herein, many compounds of particular interest have predicted IC50 values of less than or equal to about 30 nM. At least some compounds of particular interest have predicted IC50 values of less than or equal to about 1 nM.
  • Compounds identified by their predicted IC50 values can be evaluated for their potential as immunoinhibitory compounds and therapeutic agents. As disclosed herein, a candidate compound can be selected on the basis of its predicted IC50 value and tested in vitro to determine a corresponding actual in vitro IC50 value. Similarly, a candidate compound can be selected on the basis of its predicted IC50 value and tested in vivo to determine a corresponding actual in vivo IC50 value. Compounds with lower predicted IC50 values can be selected for in vitro and in vivo evaluation ahead of other compounds with higher predicted IC50 values. Generally compounds with lower actual IC50 values can be selected for further evaluation and development. Additional factors such as toxicity and solubility may be assessed in order to help select particular compounds for further development.
  • Particularly for clinical use, the invention embraces both the compounds alone as disclosed herein, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The compounds of the invention, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be placed in pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to make pharmaceutical compositions. The compounds and compositions of the invention optionally can in addition be used or presented in combination with at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
  • Also embraced by the instant invention are stereoisomers of the compounds as disclosed herein.
  • Compounds of the invention generally have certain core structures characterized by a two-ringed system, variously and optionally substituted in specified positions with particular substituents, as disclosed herein as structural formulas I-XXXVII. In addition to those compounds disclosed on the basis of their broader structural formulas and descriptions, nonlimiting embodiments of specific compounds according to the invention are disclosed in the examples below.
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” is recognized in the art and may include saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has about 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chain, C3-C30 for branched chain), and alternatively, about 20 or fewer. Likewise, cycloalkyls have from about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and alternatively about 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “alkoxy” shall refer to the group —O-alkyl.
  • As used herein, the term “halide” is given its ordinary meaning in the art and shall refer to a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
  • As used herein, the term “heterocycle” is recognized in the art and shall refer to 3- to about 10-membered ring structures, such as 3- to about 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles may also be polycycles. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, sultones, and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds, “permissible” being in the context of the chemical rules of valence known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In some cases, “substituted” may generally refer to replacement of a hydrogen with a substituent as described herein. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, include those described herein. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower aralkyl, lower cyclic alkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower aryloxy, perhaloalkoxy, aralkoxy, lower heteroaryl, lower heteroaryloxy, lower heteroarylalkyl, lower heteroaralkoxy, azido, amino, halogen, lower alkylthio, oxo, lower acylalkyl, lower carboxy esters, carboxyl, -carboxamido, nitro, lower acyloxy, lower aminoalkyl, lower alkylaminoaryl, lower alkylaryl, lower alkylaminoalkyl, lower alkoxyaryl, lower arylamino, lower aralkylamino, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower-carboxamidoalkylaryl, lower-carboxamidoaryl, lower hydroxyalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower alkylaminoalkylcarboxy-, lower aminocarboxamidoalkyl-, cyano, lower alkoxyalkyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower arylalkyloxyalkyl, and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “optionally substituted”, as used in reference to a particular class of chemical substituent, shall refer both to the unsubstituted form of the substituent and to a substituted form of the substituent. For example, the phrase “optionally substituted alkyl” refers both to alkyl and to substituted alkyl.
  • As used herein, the terms “nitrogen” and, equivalently, “N”, refer to a nitrogen atom.
  • As used herein, the terms “oxygen” and, equivalently, “O”, refer to an oxygen atom.
  • As used herein, the terms “hydrogen” and, equivalently, “H”, refer to a hydrogen atom.
  • The invention in one aspect relates to a method for reducing signaling by a TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9. Each of these TLRs induces one or more intracellular signaling pathways as a consequence of interaction with a suitable agonist, e.g., a natural ligand. The signaling normally leads eventually to activation of at least one gene or at least one protein. In one embodiment a protein activated by a TLR signaling pathway is NF-κB. Activated NF-κB is a ubiquitous transcription factor that binds to promoters of a variety of genes involved in immune cell activation, thereby stimulating transcription of these genes.
  • In addition to its ability to stimulate expression of endogenous genes, activated NF-κB can also stimulate expression of suitable NF-κB-sensitive exogenous genes such as reporter constructs well known in the art and described herein. A common NF-κB-sensitive reporter construct is based on a luciferase gene placed under the control of an NF-κB-sensitive promoter. When introduced into a suitable host cell, and in the presence of activated NF-κB, this reporter construct directs the expression in the cell of luciferase, a luminescent protein that can be conveniently and quantitatively assayed by measurement, at an appropriate wavelength, of light emitted by the expressed luciferase protein. Thus signaling by a TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 can be measured, for example, by measuring NF-κB activation, either directly or indirectly, such as through measurement of an expressed product of an NF-κB-driven endogenous gene or NF-κB-driven reporter (e.g., luciferase).
  • The method results in a reduced level of signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR as compared to a control level of signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist of the TLR. A control level of signaling is that level of signaling in response to the agonist of the TLR that occurs in absence of contacting a cell expressing the TLR with a compound or composition of the invention. For purposes of comparing treatment and control amounts of signaling, conditions are generally selected such that the number or concentration of TLR-expressing cells, the amount or concentration of the TLR agonist, temperature, and other such variables are identical or at least comparable between treatment and control measurements, so as to isolate the effect of the composition of the invention. Treatment and control measurements can be made in parallel or they can be made independently. For example, in one embodiment the control is a historical control. In one embodiment the control is a concurrent, parallel control.
  • Signaling is reduced whenever it is measurably less than a corresponding control amount of signaling. In various separate embodiments the reduced signaling is at least 5 percent, at least 10 percent, at least 15 percent, at least 20 percent, at least 25 percent, at least 30 percent, at least 40 percent, and at least 50 percent less than control. In other words, in various separate embodiments the reduced signaling is less than or equal to 95 percent, less than or equal to 90 percent, less than or equal to 85 percent, less than or equal to 80 percent, less than or equal to 75 percent, less than or equal to 70 percent, less than or equal to 60 percent, and less than or equal to 50 percent of control.
  • The method involves contacting a cell expressing the TLR, or a population of cells expressing the TLR, with a compound or composition of the invention. As used herein, a “cell expressing a TLR” refers to any cell which expresses, either naturally or artificially, a functional TLR. A functional TLR is a full-length TLR protein or a fragment thereof capable of inducing a signal in response to interaction with its ligand. Generally the functional TLR will include at least a TLR ligand-binding fragment of the extracellular domain of the full-length TLR and at least a fragment of a TIR domain capable of interacting with another Toll homology domain-containing polypeptide, e.g., MyD88. In various embodiments the functional TLR is a full-length TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9.
  • In one embodiment a cell expressing the TLR is a cell that naturally expressed the TLR.
  • In one embodiment a cell that naturally expresses TLR9 is a cell from human multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226 (ATCC CCL-155, American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.). This cell line was established from the peripheral blood of a 61-year-old man at the time of diagnosis of multiple myeloma (IgG lambda type). Matsuoka Y et al. (1967) Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 125:1246-50. RPMI 8226 was previously reported as responsive to CpG nucleic acids as evidenced by the induction of IL-6 protein and IL-12p40 mRNA. Takeshita F et al. (2000) Eur J Immunol 30:108-16; Takeshita F et al. (2000) Eur J Immunol 30:1967-76. Takeshita et al. used the cell line solely to study promoter constructs in order to identify transcription factor binding sites important for CpG nucleic acid signaling. It is now known that RPMI 8226 cells secrete a number of other chemokines and cytokines including IL-8, IL-10 and IP-10 in response to immunostimulatory nucleic acids. Because this cell line expresses TLR9, through which immunostimulatory nucleic acids such as for example CpG nucleic acids mediate their effects, it is a suitable cell line for use in the methods of the invention relating to reducing signaling by human TLR9.
  • Similar to peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), the RPMI 8226 cell line has been observed to upregulate its cell surface expression of markers such as CD71, CD86 and HLA-DR in response to CpG nucleic acid exposure. This has been observed by flow cytometric analysis of the cell line. Accordingly, the methods provided herein can be structured to use appropriately selected cell surface marker expression as a readout, in addition to or in place of chemokine or cytokine production or other readouts described elsewhere herein.
  • The RPMI 8226 cell line has also been found to respond to certain small molecules including imidazoquinoline compounds. For example, incubation of RPMI 8226 cells with the imidazoquinoline compound R848 (resiquimod) induces IL-8, IL-10, and IP-10 production. It has recently been reported that R848 mediates its immunostimulatory effects through TLR7 and TLR8. The ability of RPMI 8226 to respond to R848 suggests that the RPMI 8226 cell line also expresses TLR7, as previously reported for normal human B cells.
  • The RPMI cell line can be used in unmodified form or in a modified form. In one embodiment, the RPMI 8226 cell is transfected with a reporter construct. Preferably, the cell is stably transfected with the reporter construct. The reporter construct generally includes a promoter, a coding sequence and a polyadenylation signal. The coding sequence can include a reporter sequence selected from the group consisting of an enzyme (e.g., luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), secreted alkaline phosphatase, etc.), a bioluminescence marker (e.g., green fluorescent protein (GFP, U.S. Pat. No. 5,491,084), etc.), a surface-expressed molecule (e.g., CD25), a secreted molecule (e.g., IL-8, IL-12 p40, TNF-α, etc.), and other detectable protein products known to those of skill in the art. Preferably, the coding sequence encodes a protein having a level or an activity that is quantifiable.
  • In certain embodiments the TLR is artificially expressed (including over-expressed) by a cell, for example by introduction into the cell of an expression vector bearing a coding sequence for the TLR wherein the coding sequence is operably linked to a gene expression sequence. As used herein, a coding sequence and a gene expression sequence are said to be operably linked when they are covalently linked in such a way as to place the expression or transcription and/or translation of the coding sequence under the influence or control of the gene expression sequence. Two DNA sequences are said to be operably linked if induction of a promoter in the 5′ gene expression sequence results in the transcription of the coding sequence and if the nature of the linkage between the two DNA sequences does not (1) result in the introduction of a frame-shift mutation, (2) interfere with the ability of the promoter region to direct the transcription of the coding sequence, or (3) interfere with the ability of the corresponding RNA transcript to be translated into a protein. Thus, a gene expression sequence would be operably linked to a coding sequence if the gene expression sequence were capable of effecting transcription of that coding sequence such that the resulting transcript is translated into the desired protein or polypeptide.
  • As noted above, in one embodiment a coding sequence includes a coding sequence for a TLR. In another embodiment a coding sequence includes a coding sequence for a reporter, e.g. luciferase.
  • A cell that artificially expresses a TLR can be a cell that does not express the TLR but for the TLR expression vector. For example, human 293 fibroblasts (ATCC CRL-1573) do not express TLR7, TLR8, or TLR9. Such cells can be transiently or stably transfected with a suitable expression vector (or vectors) so as to yield cells that express TLR7, TLR8, TLR9, or any combination thereof. Alternatively, a cell that artificially expresses a TLR can be a cell that expresses the TLR at a significantly higher level with the TLR expression vector than it does without the TLR expression vector.
  • Coding sequences for various TLRs of various species are known in the art and are available from public databases. For example, complementary DNA (cDNA) sequences for human and murine TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are all available from GenBank. These cDNA sequences and GenBank entries include and further specify coding sequences for each TLR.
  • In one embodiment a coding sequence for human TLR7 is provided as nucleotides 140-3289 in GenBank Accession No. NM016562. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR7 is provided as nucleotides 49-3201 of GenBank Accession No. AY035889.
  • In one embodiment a coding sequence for human TLR8 is provided as nucleotides 49-3174 in GenBank Accession No. AF245703. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR8 is provided as nucleotides 59-3157 of GenBank Accession No. AY035890.
  • In one embodiment a coding sequence for human TLR9 is provided as nucleotides 145-3243 in GenBank Accession No. AF245704. In one embodiment a coding sequence for murine TLR9 is provided as nucleotides 40-3138 of GenBank Accession No. AF348140.
  • For use in the methods of the instant invention, a cell that artificially expresses a TLR is in one embodiment a stably transfected cell that expresses the TLR. Such a cell can also be stably transfected with a suitable reporter construct.
  • The invention in one aspect relates to a method for reducing an immune response. As used herein, an immune response refers to a response to an appropriate stimulus by a cell of the immune system, a population of cells of the immune system, or by an immune system. An immune system as used herein refers to an immune system of a mammal, specifically including but not limited to an immune system of a human.
  • A cell of an immune system can be any cell that is classified as an immune cell. Such cells include B cells, T cells, natural killer (NK) cells, mast cells, basophils, granulocytes, monocytes, macrophages, bone marrow-derived dendritic cells, and other professional antigen-presenting cells, as well as subcategories and precursors thereof. In one embodiment a cell of the immune system can be an isolated cell of the immune system.
  • A population of cells of the immune system refers to at least two cells, and more typically at least one thousand cells, of the immune system. In one embodiment a population of cells of the immune system can be an isolated population of cells of the immune system. In one embodiment a population of cells of the immune system is an isolated population of PBMC.
  • In one embodiment the method involves contacting a population of immune cells expressing a TLR selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with a compound or composition of the invention. Immune cells that express TLR7, TLR8, or TLR9 can, but need not necessarily, be mutually exclusive. As mentioned above, immune cells expressing TLR7 can include B cells and dendritic cells, and immune cells expressing TLR8 can include myeloid cells. Also as mentioned above, immune cells expressing TLR9 can include B cells and pDC.
  • The method involves measuring a reduced immune response compared to a control immune response. A control immune response is an immune response that occurs in absence of contacting an immune cell, or a population of immune cells, with a compound or composition of the invention. For purposes of comparing treatment and control immune responses, conditions are generally selected such that the number or concentration of TLR-expressing cells, the amount or concentration of the TLR agonist, temperature, and other such variables are identical or at least comparable between treatment and control measurements, so as to isolate the effect of the composition of the invention. Treatment and control measurements can be made in parallel or they can be made independently. For example, in one embodiment the control is a historical control. In one embodiment the control is a concurrent, parallel control.
  • An immune response is reduced whenever it is measurably less than the control immune response. In various separate embodiments the reduced immune response is at least 5 percent, at least 10 percent, at least 15 percent, at least 20 percent, at least 25 percent, at least 30 percent, at least 40 percent, and at least 50 percent less than control. In other words, in various separate embodiments the reduced immune response is less than or equal to 95 percent, less than or equal to 90 percent, less than or equal to 85 percent, less than or equal to 80 percent, less than or equal to 75 percent, less than or equal to 70 percent, less than or equal to 60 percent, and less than or equal to 50 percent of control.
  • In one embodiment the immune response is a Th1-like immune response. A Th1-like immune response refers to an immune response characterized by at least one feature characteristic of a Th1 immune response. In one embodiment a Th1-like immune response is a Th1 immune response. Features of a Th1 immune response can include secretion of one or more Th1 cytokines, immunoglobulin class switching to IgG1 (in humans) or IgG2a (in mice), and cell-mediated immunity. In contrast, features of a Th2 immune response can include secretion of one or more Th2 cytokines, immunoglobulin class switching to IgE (in humans and in mice) and IgG2 (in humans) or IgG1 (in mice), and humoral immunity.
  • As used herein, “cytokine” refers to any of a number of soluble proteins or glycoproteins that act on immune cells through specific receptors to affect the state of activation and function of the immune cells. Cytokines include interferons, interleukins, tumor necrosis factor, transforming growth factor beta, colony-stimulating factors (CSFs), chemokines, as well as others. Various cytokines affect innate immunity, acquired immunity, or both. Cytokines specifically include, without limitation, IFN-α, IFN-β, IFN-γ, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-9, IL-10, IL-12, IL-13, IL-18, TNF-α, TGF-β, granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), and granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF). Chemokines specifically include, without limitation, IL-8, IP-10, I-TAC, RANTES, MIP-1α, MIP-1β, Gro-α, Gro-β, Gro-γ, MCP-1, MCP-2, and MCP-3.
  • Most mature CD4+ T helper cells can be categorized into one of two cytokine-associated, cross-regulatory subsets or phenotypes: Th1 or Th2. Th1 cells are associated with IL-2, IL-3, IFN, GM-CSF, and high levels of TNF-α. Th2 cells are associated with IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-9, IL-10, IL-13, GM-CSF, and low levels of TNF-α. The Th1 subset promotes both cell-mediated immunity and humoral immunity that is characterized by immunoglobulin class switching to IgG2a in mice. Th1 responses can also be associated with delayed-type hypersensitivity and autoimmune disease. The Th2 subset induces primarily humoral immunity and induces immunoglobulin class switching to IgE and IgG1 in mice. The antibody isotypes associated with Th1 responses generally have good neutralizing and opsonizing capabilities, whereas those associated with Th2 responses are associated more with allergic responses.
  • Several factors have been shown to influence commitment to Th1 or Th2 profiles. The best characterized regulators are cytokines. IL-12 and IFN-γ are positive Th1 regulators and negative Th2 regulators. IL-12 promotes IFN-γ production, and IFN-γ provides positive feedback for IL-12. IL-4 and IL-10 appear to be required for the establishment of the Th2 cytokine profile and to down-regulate Th1 cytokine production; the effects of IL-4 are in some cases dominant over those of IL-12. IL-13 has been reported to inhibit expression of inflammatory cytokines, including IL-12 and TNF-α by LPS-induced monocytes, in a way similar to IL-4.
  • The method will generally further involve contacting the immune cells with an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells. The contacting in one embodiment can involve the step of adding or administering an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells. In one embodiment the contacting can entail passive exposure of the immune cells with an antigen, TLR agonist, or other stimulus normally involved inducing an immune response by the immune cells. Passive contacting can occur, for example, in a subject having an autoimmune disease, inflammation, or transplant rejection.
  • In one embodiment the method relates to a method for reducing an immune response in a subject. As used herein, a subject refers to a mammal. In one embodiment the subject is a human. In another embodiment the subject is a non-human primate. In yet another embodiment the subject is a mammal other than a primate, including but not limited to a mouse, rat, hamster, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, goat, sheep, pig, horse, or cow.
  • In one embodiment the immune response is an immune response to an antigen. As used herein, an antigen refers to any substance that induces an adaptive (specific) immune response. An antigen typically is any substance that can be specifically bound by a T-cell antigen receptor, antibody, or B-cell antigen receptor. Antigenic substances include, without limitation, peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, phospholipids, nucleic acids, autacoids, and hormones. Antigens specifically include allergens, autoantigens (i.e., self-antigens), cancer antigens, and microbial antigens. In respect of peptide antigens and protein antigens, antigens further include both antigens per se and nucleic acids encoding said antigens.
  • An allergen is a substance that can induce an allergic or asthmatic response in a susceptible subject. The list of allergens is enormous and can include pollens, insect venoms, animal dander, dust, fungal spores and drugs (e.g., penicillin). Examples of natural animal and plant allergens include proteins specific to the following genera: Canis (Canis familiaris); Dermatophagoides (e.g., Dermatophagoides farinae); Felis (e.g., Felis domesticus); Ambrosia (e.g., Ambrosia artemuisfolia); Lolium (e.g., Lolium perenne and Lolium multiflorum); Cryptomeria (e.g., Cryptomeria japonica); Alternaria (e.g., Alternaria alternata); Alder; Alnus (e.g., Alnus gultinosa); Betula (e.g., Betula verrucosa); Quercus (e.g., Quercus alba); Olea (e.g., Olea europa); Artemisia (e.g., Artemisia vulgaris); Plantago (e.g., Plantago lanceolata); Parietaria (e.g., Parietaria officinalis and Parietaria judaica); Blattella (e.g., Blattella germanica); Apis (e.g., Apis multiforum); Cupressus (e.g., Cupressus sempervirens, Cupressus arizonica, and Cupressus macrocarpa); Juniperus (e.g., Juniperus sabinoides, Juniperus virginiana, Juniperus communis, and Juniperus ashel); Thuya (e.g., Thuya orientalis); Chamaecyparis (e.g., Chamaecyparis obtusa); Periplaneta (e.g., Periplaneta americana); Agropyron (e.g., Agropyron repens); Secale (e.g., Secale cereale); Triticum (e.g., Triticum aestivum); Dactylis (e.g., Dactylis glomerata); Festuca (e.g., Festuca elatior); Poa (e.g., Poa pratensis and Poa compressa); Avena (e.g., Avena sativa); Holcus (e.g., Holcus lanatus); Anthoxanthum (e.g., Anthoxanthum odoratum); Arrhenatherum (e.g., Arrhenatherum elatius); Agrostis (e.g., Agrostis alba); Phleum (e.g., Phleum pratense); Phalaris (e.g., Phalaris arundinacea); Paspalum (e.g., Paspalum notatum); Sorghum (e.g., Sorghum halepensis); and Bromus (e.g., Bromus inermis). The term “allergy” refers to acquired hypersensitivity to a substance (allergen). An “allergic reaction” is the response of an immune system to an allergen in a subject allergic to the allergen. Allergic conditions include eczema, allergic rhinitis or coryza, hay fever, bronchial asthma, urticaria (hives) and food allergies, and other atopic conditions.
  • Autoantigens include any antigen of host origin, but they specifically include antigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition. Autoantigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition can be associated with, but not necessarily established as causative of, an autoimmune disorder. Specific examples of autoantigens characteristic of an autoimmune disease or condition include but are not limited to insulin, thyroglobulin, glomerular basement membrane, acetylcholine receptor, DNA, and myelin basic protein.
  • A cancer antigen as used herein is a compound, such as a peptide or protein, associated with a tumor or cancer cell surface and which is capable of provoking an immune response when expressed on the surface of an antigen-presenting cell in the context of a major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecule. Cancer antigens can be prepared from cancer cells either by preparing crude extracts of cancer cells, for example, as described in Cohen P A et al. (1994) Cancer Res 54:1055-8, by partially purifying the antigens, by recombinant technology, or by de novo synthesis of known antigens. Cancer antigens include but are not limited to antigens that are recombinantly expressed, an immunogenic portion thereof, or a whole tumor or cancer cell. Such antigens can be isolated or prepared recombinantly or by any other means known in the art.
  • The terms “cancer antigen” and “tumor antigen” are used interchangeably and refer to antigens which are differentially expressed by cancer cells and can thereby be exploited in order to target cancer cells. Cancer antigens are antigens which can potentially stimulate apparently tumor-specific immune responses. Some of these antigens are encoded, although not necessarily expressed, by normal cells. These antigens can be characterized as those which are normally silent (i.e., not expressed) in normal cells, those that are expressed only at certain stages of differentiation and those that are temporally expressed such as embryonic and fetal antigens. Other cancer antigens are encoded by mutant cellular genes, such as oncogenes (e.g., activated ras oncogene), suppressor genes (e.g., mutant p53), fusion proteins resulting from internal deletions or chromosomal translocations. Still other cancer antigens can be encoded by viral genes such as those carried on RNA and DNA tumor viruses.
  • Examples of tumor antigens include MAGE, MART-1/Melan-A, gp100, Dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPPIV), adenosine deaminase-binding protein (ADAbp), cyclophilin b, Colorectal associated antigen (CRC)—0017-1A/GA733, Carcinoembryonic Antigen (CEA) and its immunogenic epitopes CAP-1 and CAP-2, etv6, aml1, Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) and its immunogenic epitopes PSA-1, PSA-2, and PSA-3, prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA), T-cell receptor/CD3-zeta chain, MAGE-family of tumor antigens (e.g., MAGE-A1, MAGE-A2, MAGE-A3, MAGE-A4, MAGE-A5, MAGE-A6, MAGE-A7, MAGE-A8, MAGE-A9, MAGE-A10, MAGE-A11, MAGE-A12, MAGE-Xp2 (MAGE-B2), MAGE-Xp3 (MAGE-B3), MAGE-Xp4 (MAGE-B4), MAGE-C1, MAGE-C2, MAGE-C3, MAGE-C4, MAGE-C5), GAGE-family of tumor antigens (e.g., GAGE-1, GAGE-2, GAGE-3, GAGE-4, GAGE-5, GAGE-6, GAGE-7, GAGE-8, GAGE-9), BAGE, RAGE, LAGE-1, NAG, GnT-V, MUM-1, CDK4, tyrosinase, p53, MUC family, HER2/neu, p21 ras, RCAS1, α-fetoprotein, E-cadherin, α-catenin, β-catenin and γ-catenin, p120ctn, gp100.sup.Pmel 117, FRAME, NY-ESO-1, cdc27, adenomatous polyposis coli protein (APC), fodrin, Connexin 37, Ig-idiotype, p15, gp75, GM2 and GD2 gangliosides, viral products such as human papillomavirus proteins, Smad family of tumor antigens, lmp-1, P1 A, EBV-encoded nuclear antigen (EBNA)-1, brain glycogen phosphorylase, SSX-1, SSX-2 (HOM-MEL-40), SSX-1, SSX-4, SSX-5, SCP-1 and CT-7, and c-erbB-2.
  • Cancers or tumors and tumor antigens associated with such tumors (but not exclusively), include acute lymphoblastic leukemia (etv6; aml1; cyclophilin b), B cell lymphoma (Ig-idiotype), glioma (E-cadherin; α-catenin; β-catenin; γ-catenin; p120ctn), bladder cancer (p21ras), biliary cancer (p21ras), breast cancer (MUC family; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), cervical carcinoma (p53; p21ras), colon carcinoma (p21 ras; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2; MUC family), colorectal cancer (Colorectal associated antigen (CRC)—C017-1A/GA733; APC), choriocarcinoma (CEA), epithelial cell cancer (cyclophilin b), gastric cancer (HER2/neu; c-erbB-2; ga733 glycoprotein), hepatocellular cancer (α-fetoprotein), Hodgkin's lymphoma (imp-1; EBNA-1), lung cancer (CEA; MAGE-3; NY-ESO-1), lymphoid cell-derived leukemia (cyclophilin b), melanoma (p115 protein, gp75, oncofetal antigen, GM2 and GD2 gangliosides), myeloma (MUC family; p21ras), non-small cell lung carcinoma (HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), nasopharyngeal cancer (Imp-1; EBNA-1), ovarian cancer (MUC family; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), prostate cancer (Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) and its immunogenic epitopes PSA-1, PSA-2, and PSA-3; prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA); HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), pancreatic cancer (p21ras; MUC family; HER2/neu; c-erbB-2; ga733 glycoprotein), renal cancer (HER2/neu; c-erbB-2), squamous cell cancers of cervix and esophagus (viral products such as human papillomavirus proteins), testicular cancer (NY-ESO-1), T-cell leukemia (HTLV-1 epitopes), and melanoma (Melan-A/MART-1; cdc27; MAGE-3; p21ras; gp100.sup.Pmel117).
  • A microbial antigen can be an antigen that is or is derived from an infectious microbial agent, including a bacterium, a virus, a fungus, or a parasite.
  • Examples of infectious bacteria include: Helicobacter pylori, Borrelia burgdorferi, Legionella pneumophila, Mycobacteria sps (such as. M. tuberculosis, M. avium, M. intracellulare, M. kansasii, and M. gordonae), Staphylococcus aureus, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus pyogenes (Group A Streptococcus), Streptococcus agalactiae (Group B Streptococcus), Streptococcus (viridans group), Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus (anaerobic sps.), Streptococcus pneumoniae, pathogenic Campylobacter sp., Enterococcus sp., Haemophilus influenzae, Bacillus anthracis, Chlamydia trachomatis, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium sp., Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium tetani, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pasturella multocida, Bacteroides sp., Fusobacterium nucleatum, Streptobacillus moniliformis, Treponema pallidum, Treponema pertenue, Leptospira, and Actinomyces israelii.
  • Examples of infectious virus include: Retroviridae (including but not limited to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)); Picornaviridae (for example, polio viruses, hepatitis A virus; enteroviruses, human coxsackie viruses, rhinoviruses, echoviruses); Calciviridae (such as strains that cause gastroenteritis); Togaviridae (for example, equine encephalitis viruses, rubella viruses); Flaviviridae (for example, dengue viruses, encephalitis viruses, yellow fever viruses); Coronaviridae (for example, coronaviruses); Rhabdoviridae (for example, vesicular stomatitis viruses, rabies viruses); Filoviridae (for example, ebola viruses); Paramyxoviridae (for example, parainfluenza viruses, mumps virus, measles virus, respiratory syncytial virus); Orthomyxoviridae (for example, influenza viruses); Bunyaviridae (for example, Hantaan viruses, bunya viruses, phleboviruses, and Nairo viruses); Arenaviridae (hemorrhagic fever viruses); Reoviridae (e.g., reoviruses, orbiviurses, and rotaviruses); Birnaviridae; Hepadnaviridae (Hepatitis B virus); Parvoviridae (parvoviruses); Papovaviridae (papilloma viruses, polyoma viruses); Adenoviridae (most adenoviruses); Herpesviridae (herpes simplex virus (HSV) 1 and HSV-2, varicella zoster virus, cytomegalovirus (CMV), herpes viruses); Poxyiridae (variola viruses, vaccinia viruses, pox viruses); and Iridoviridae (such as African swine fever virus); and unclassified viruses (for example, the etiological agents of spongiform encephalopathies, the agent of delta hepatitis (thought to be a defective satellite of hepatitis B virus), the agents of non-A, non-B hepatitis (class 1=internally transmitted; class 2=parenterally transmitted (i.e., Hepatitis C); Norwalk and related viruses, and astroviruses).
  • Examples of infectious fungi include, but are not limited to, Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, Blastomyces dermatitidis, and Candida albicans.
  • The invention in one aspect relates to a method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject. As used herein, an autoimmune condition refers to an autoimmune disease or disorder, i.e., an immunologically mediated acute or chronic process, directed by immune cells of a host subject against a tissue or organ of the host subject, resulting in injury to the tissue or organ. The term encompasses both cellular and antibody-mediated autoimmune phenomena, as well as organ-specific and organ-nonspecific autoimmunity.
  • Autoimmune conditions specifically include insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, and inflammatory bowel disease. Inflammatory bowel disease includes Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. Autoimmune diseases also include, without limitation, ankylosing spondylitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura, autoimmune-associated infertility, Behçet's syndrome, bullous pemphigoid, Churg-Strauss disease, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, idiopathic Addison's disease, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, insulin resistance, mixed connective tissue disease, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus, pernicious anemia, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyositis/dermatomyositis, primary biliary sclerosis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, sarcoidosis, sclerosing cholangitis, Sjögren's syndrome, systemic sclerosis (scleroderma and CREST syndrome), Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, and Wegener's granulomatosis. All of these entities are well known in the medical arts and need not be described further here.
  • The method of treatment of an autoimmune condition in a subject specifically includes treatment of a human subject. In one embodiment the autoimmune condition is systemic lupus erythematosus. In one embodiment the autoimmune condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • The method of treatment of an autoimmune condition in a subject optionally can further include administration of another treatment agent or treatment modality useful in the treatment of the autoimmune condition. For example, the method can include administration of a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with an agent such as a corticosteroid (e.g., prednisone), a cytokine (e.g., IFN-α), or other suitable immunomodulatory agent. In this context, “in combination with” can refer to simultaneous administration at a single site of administration, or at different sites of administration. Alternatively and in addition, “in combination with” can refer to sequential administration at a single site of administration, or at different sites of administration.
  • As will be evident from the foregoing, autoimmune diseases also include certain immune complex-associated diseases. The term “immune complex-associated disease” as used herein refers to any disease characterized by the production and/or tissue deposition of immune complexes, including, but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and related connective tissue diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, hepatitis C- and hepatitis B-related immune complex disease (e.g., cryoglobulinemia), Behçet's syndrome, autoimmune glomerulonephritides, and vasculopathy associated with the presence of LDL/anti-LDL immune complexes.
  • As used herein, the term “treat” as used in reference to a disorder, disease, or condition means to prevent or slow the development of the disorder, disease, or condition; to prevent, slow or halt the progression of the disorder, disease, or condition; and/or to eliminate the disorder, disease, or condition.
  • For purposes of description that follows, unless otherwise indicated or except as apparent from context, an “active agent” refers to a compound or composition of the invention, disclosed herein.
  • The term “effective amount” refers to the amount necessary or sufficient to realize a desired biologic effect. Combined with the teachings provided herein, by choosing among the various active compounds and weighing factors such as potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, severity of adverse side-effects and preferred mode of administration, an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned which does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is effective to treat the particular subject. The effective amount for any particular application can vary depending on such factors as the disease or condition being treated, the particular active agent being administered, the size of the subject, or the severity of the disease or condition. One of ordinary skill in the art can empirically determine the effective amount of a particular active agent and/or other therapeutic agent without necessitating undue experimentation. It is preferred generally that a maximum dose be used, that is, the highest safe dose according to some medical judgment. Multiple doses per day may be contemplated to achieve appropriate systemic levels of compounds. Appropriate system levels can be determined by, for example, measurement of the subject's peak or sustained plasma level of the active agent. “Dose” and “dosage” are used interchangeably herein.
  • Generally, daily oral doses of active compounds will be from about 0.01 milligrams/kg per day to 1000 milligrams/kg per day. It is expected that oral doses in the range of 0.5 to 50 milligrams/kg, in one or several administrations per day, will yield the desired results. Dosage may be adjusted appropriately to achieve desired drug levels, local or systemic, depending upon the mode of administration. For example, it is expected that intravenous administration would be from an order to several orders of magnitude lower dose per day. In the event that the response in a subject is insufficient at such doses, even higher doses (or effective higher doses by a different, more localized delivery route) may be employed to the extent that patient tolerance permits. Multiple doses per day are contemplated to achieve appropriate systemic levels of compounds.
  • For any compound described herein the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from animal models. A therapeutically effective dose can also be determined from human data for active agents which have been tested in humans and for compounds which are known to exhibit similar pharmacological activities, such as other related active agents. Higher doses may be required for parenteral administration. The applied dose can be adjusted based on the relative bioavailability and potency of the administered compound. Adjusting the dose to achieve maximal efficacy based on the methods described above and other methods as are well known in the art is well within the capabilities of the ordinarily skilled artisan.
  • The formulations of the invention are administered in pharmaceutically acceptable solutions, which may routinely contain pharmaceutically acceptable concentrations of salt, buffering agents, preservatives, compatible carriers, adjuvants, and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • For use in therapy, an effective amount of the active agent can be administered to a subject by any mode that delivers the active agent to the desired surface. Administering the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be accomplished by any means known to the skilled artisan. Preferred routes of administration include but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, sublingual, intratracheal, inhalation, ocular, vaginal, and rectal.
  • For oral administration, the compounds (i.e., active agents, and other therapeutic agents) can be formulated readily by combining the active compound(s) with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art. Such carriers enable the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, drapes, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a subject to be treated. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained as solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. Optionally the oral formulations may also be formulated in saline or buffers, e.g. EDTA for neutralizing internal acid conditions or may be administered without any carriers.
  • Also specifically contemplated are oral dosage forms of the above component or components. The component or components may be chemically modified so that oral delivery of the derivative is efficacious. Generally, the chemical modification contemplated is the attachment of at least one moiety to the component molecule itself, where said moiety permits (a) inhibition of proteolysis; and (b) uptake into the blood stream from the stomach or intestine. Also desired is the increase in overall stability of the component or components and increase in circulation time in the body. Examples of such moieties include: polyethylene glycol, copolymers of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone and polyproline. Abuchowski and Davis, 1981, “Soluble Polymer-Enzyme Adducts” In: Enzymes as Drugs, Hocenberg and Roberts, eds., Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., pp. 367-383; Newmark, et al. (1982) J. Appl. Biochem. 4:185-189. Other polymers that could be used are poly-1,3-dioxolane and poly-1,3,6-tioxocane. Preferred for pharmaceutical usage, as indicated above, are polyethylene glycol moieties.
  • For the component (or derivative) the location of release may be the stomach, the small intestine (the duodenum, the jejunum, or the ileum), or the large intestine. One skilled in the art has available formulations which will not dissolve in the stomach, yet will release the material in the duodenum or elsewhere in the intestine. Preferably, the release will avoid the deleterious effects of the stomach environment, either by protection of the active agent (or derivative) or by release of the biologically active material beyond the stomach environment, such as in the intestine.
  • To ensure full gastric resistance a coating impermeable to at least pH 5.0 is essential. Examples of the more common inert ingredients that are used as enteric coatings are cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), HPMCP 50, HPMCP 55, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), Eudragit L30D, Aquateric, cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), Eudragit L, Eudragit S, and Shellac. These coatings may be used as mixed films.
  • A coating or mixture of coatings can also be used on tablets, which are not intended for protection against the stomach. This can include sugar coatings, or coatings which make the tablet easier to swallow. Capsules may consist of a hard shell (such as gelatin) for delivery of dry therapeutic, e.g., powder; for liquid forms, a soft gelatin shell may be used. The shell material of cachets could be thick starch or other edible paper. For pills, lozenges, molded tablets or tablet triturates, moist massing techniques can be used.
  • The therapeutic can be included in the formulation as fine multi-particulates in the form of granules or pellets of particle size about 1 mm. The formulation of the material for capsule administration could also be as a powder, lightly compressed plugs or even as tablets. The therapeutic could be prepared by compression.
  • Colorants and flavoring agents may all be included. For example, the active agent (or derivative) may be formulated (such as by liposome or microsphere encapsulation) and then further contained within an edible product, such as a refrigerated beverage containing colorants and flavoring agents.
  • One may dilute or increase the volume of the therapeutic with an inert material. These diluents could include carbohydrates, especially mannitol, a-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose, sucrose, modified dextrans and starch. Certain inorganic salts may be also be used as fillers including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride. Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo, Emdex, STA-Rx 1500, Emcompress and Avicell.
  • Disintegrants may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic into a solid dosage form. Materials used as disintegrants include but are not limited to starch, including the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab. Sodium starch glycolate, Amberlite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ultramylopectin, sodium alginate, gelatin, orange peel, acid carboxymethylcellulose, natural sponge and bentonite may all be used. Another form of the disintegrants are the insoluble cationic exchange resins. Powdered gums may be used as disintegrants and as binders and these can include powdered gums such as agar, Karaya or tragacanth. Alginic acid and its sodium salt are also useful as disintegrants.
  • Binders may be used to hold the therapeutic agent together to form a hard tablet and include materials from natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch and gelatin. Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethylcellulose (CMC). Polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) could both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic.
  • An anti-frictional agent may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic to prevent sticking during the formulation process. Lubricants may be used as a layer between the therapeutic and the die wall, and these can include but are not limited to: stearic acid including its magnesium and calcium salts, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), liquid paraffin, vegetable oils and waxes. Soluble lubricants may also be used such as sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol of various molecular weights, Carbowax 4000 and 6000.
  • Glidants that might improve the flow properties of the drug during formulation and to aid rearrangement during compression might be added. The glidants may include starch, talc, pyrogenic silica and hydrated silicoaluminate.
  • To aid dissolution of the therapeutic into the aqueous environment a surfactant might be added as a wetting agent. Surfactants may include anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate. Cationic detergents might be used and could include benzalkonium chloride or benzethomium chloride. Potential non-ionic detergents that could be included in the formulation as surfactants include lauromacrogol 400, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 10, 50, and 60, glycerol monostearate, polysorbate 40, 60, 65, and 80, sucrose fatty acid ester, methyl cellulose and carboxymethylcellulose. These surfactants could be present in the formulation of the active agent or derivative either alone or as a mixture in different ratios.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. Microspheres formulated for oral administration may also be used. Such microspheres have been well defined in the art. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
  • For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to the present invention may be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Also contemplated herein is pulmonary delivery of the active agent (or derivative thereof). The active agent (or derivative) is delivered to the lungs of a mammal while inhaling and traverses across the lung epithelial lining to the blood stream. Other reports of inhaled molecules include Adjei et al. (1990) Pharmaceutical Research 7:565-569; Adjei et al. (1990) International Journal of Pharmaceutics 63:135-144 (leuprolide acetate); Braquet et al. (1989) Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 13(suppl. 5):143-146 (endothelin-1); Hubbard et al. (1989) Annals of Internal Medicine 111:206-212 (α1-antitrypsin); Smith et al. (1989) J. Clin. Invest. 84:1145-1146 (α-1-proteinase inhibitor); Oswein et al., 1990, “Aerosolization of Proteins”, Proceedings of Symposium on Respiratory Drug Delivery II, Keystone, Colo., March, (recombinant human growth hormone); Debs et al. (1988) J. Immunol. 140:3482-3488 (interferon-γ and tumor necrosis factor alpha); and Platz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,284,656 (granulocyte colony stimulating factor). A method and composition for pulmonary delivery of drugs for systemic effect is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,569, issued Sep. 19, 1995 to Wong et al.
  • Contemplated for use in the practice of this invention are a wide range of mechanical devices designed for pulmonary delivery of therapeutic products, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers, all of which are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Some specific examples of commercially available devices suitable for the practice of this invention are the Ultravent nebulizer, manufactured by Mallinckrodt, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; the Acorn II nebulizer, manufactured by Marquest Medical Products, Englewood, Colo.; the Ventolin metered dose inhaler, manufactured by Glaxo Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; and the Spinhaler powder inhaler, manufactured by Fisons Corp., Bedford, Mass.
  • All such devices require the use of formulations suitable for the dispensing of active agent (or derivative). Typically, each formulation is specific to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to the usual diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy. Also, the use of liposomes, microcapsules or microspheres, inclusion complexes, or other types of carriers is contemplated. Chemically modified active agent may also be prepared in different formulations depending on the type of chemical modification or the type of device employed.
  • Formulations suitable for use with a nebulizer, either jet or ultrasonic, will typically comprise active agent (or derivative) dissolved in water at a concentration of about 0.1 to 25 mg of biologically active agent per ml of solution. The formulation may also include a buffer and a simple sugar (e.g., for active agent stabilization and regulation of osmotic pressure). The nebulizer formulation may also contain a surfactant, to reduce or prevent surface induced aggregation of the active agent caused by atomization of the solution in forming the aerosol.
  • Formulations for use with a metered-dose inhaler device will generally comprise a finely divided powder containing the active agent (or derivative) suspended in a propellant with the aid of a surfactant. The propellant may be any conventional material employed for this purpose, such as a chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon, including trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethanol, and 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, or combinations thereof. Suitable surfactants include sorbitan trioleate and soya lecithin. Oleic acid may also be useful as a surfactant.
  • Formulations for dispensing from a powder inhaler device will comprise a finely divided dry powder containing active agent (or derivative) and may also include a bulking agent, such as lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, or mannitol in amounts which facilitate dispersal of the powder from the device, e.g., 50 to 90% by weight of the formulation. The active agent (or derivative) should most advantageously be prepared in particulate form with an average particle size of less than 10 mm (or microns), most preferably 0.5 to 5 mm, for most effective delivery to the distal lung.
  • Nasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also contemplated. Nasal delivery allows the passage of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention to the blood stream directly after administering the therapeutic product to the nose, without the necessity for deposition of the product in the lung. Formulations for nasal delivery include those with dextran or cyclodextran.
  • For nasal administration, a useful device is a small, hard bottle to which a metered dose sprayer is attached. In one embodiment, the metered dose is delivered by drawing the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention solution into a chamber of defined volume, which chamber has an aperture dimensioned to aerosolize and aerosol formulation by forming a spray when a liquid in the chamber is compressed. The chamber is compressed to administer the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. In a specific embodiment, the chamber is a piston arrangement. Such devices are commercially available.
  • Alternatively, a plastic squeeze bottle with an aperture or opening dimensioned to aerosolize an aerosol formulation by forming a spray when squeezed is used. The opening is usually found in the top of the bottle, and the top is generally tapered to partially fit in the nasal passages for efficient administration of the aerosol formulation. Preferably, the nasal inhaler will provide a metered amount of the aerosol formulation, for administration of a measured dose of the drug.
  • The compounds, when it is desirable to deliver them systemically, may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • Alternatively, the active compounds may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • The compounds may also be formulated in rectal or vaginal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions also may comprise suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients. Examples of such carriers or excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
  • Suitable liquid or solid pharmaceutical preparation forms are, for example, aqueous or saline solutions for inhalation, microencapsulated, encochleated, coated onto microscopic gold particles, contained in liposomes, nebulized, aerosols, pellets for implantation into the skin, or dried onto a sharp object to be scratched into the skin. The pharmaceutical compositions also include granules, powders, tablets, coated tablets, (micro)capsules, suppositories, syrups, emulsions, suspensions, creams, drops or preparations with protracted release of active compounds, in whose preparation excipients and additives and/or auxiliaries such as disintegrants, binders, coating agents, swelling agents, lubricants, flavorings, sweeteners or solubilizers are customarily used as described above. The pharmaceutical compositions are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems. For a brief review of methods for drug delivery, see Langer (1990) Science 249:1527-1533, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • The active agents and optionally other therapeutics may be administered per se (neat) or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. When used in medicine the salts should be pharmaceutically acceptable, but non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may conveniently be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Such salts include, but are not limited to, those prepared from the following acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, nitric, phosphoric, maleic, acetic, salicylic, p-toluene sulphonic, tartaric, citric, methane sulphonic, formic, malonic, succinic, naphthalene-2-sulphonic, and benzene sulphonic. Also, such salts can be prepared as alkaline metal or alkaline earth salts, such as sodium, potassium or calcium salts of the carboxylic acid group.
  • Suitable buffering agents include: acetic acid and a salt (1-2% w/v); citric acid and a salt (1-3% w/v); boric acid and a salt (0.5-2.5% w/v); and phosphoric acid and a salt (0.8-2% w/v). Suitable preservatives include benzalkonium chloride (0.003-0.03% w/v); chlorobutanol (0.3-0.9% w/v); parabens (0.01-0.25% w/v) and thimerosal (0.004-0.02% w/v).
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain an effective amount of active agent and optionally therapeutic agents included in a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The term pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means one or more compatible solid or liquid filler, diluents or encapsulating substances which are suitable for administration to a human or other vertebrate animal. The term carrier denotes an organic or inorganic ingredient, natural or synthetic, with which the active ingredient is combined to facilitate the application. The components of the pharmaceutical compositions also are capable of being commingled with the compounds of the present invention, and with each other, in a manner such that there is no interaction which would substantially impair the desired pharmaceutical efficiency.
  • In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is a sterile preparation containing the active agent. The composition can be made sterile by any suitable means, including filter sterilization.
  • The therapeutic agent(s), including specifically but not limited to the active agent, may be provided in particles. Particles as used herein means nano or microparticles (or in some instances larger) which can consist in whole or in part of the active agent or the other therapeutic agent(s) as described herein. The particles may contain the therapeutic agent(s) in a core surrounded by a coating, including, but not limited to, an enteric coating. The therapeutic agent(s) also may be dispersed throughout the particles. The therapeutic agent(s) also may be adsorbed into the particles. The particles may be of any order release kinetics, including zero order release, first order release, second order release, delayed release, sustained release, immediate release, and any combination thereof, etc. The particle may include, in addition to the therapeutic agent(s), any of those materials routinely used in the art of pharmacy and medicine, including, but not limited to, erodible, nonerodible, biodegradable, or nonbiodegradable material or combinations thereof. The particles may be microcapsules which contain the active agent in a solution or in a semi-solid state. The particles may be of virtually any shape.
  • Both non-biodegradable and biodegradable polymeric materials can be used in the manufacture of particles for delivering the therapeutic agent(s). Such polymers may be natural or synthetic polymers. The polymer is selected based on the period of time over which release is desired. Bioadhesive polymers of particular interest include bioerodible hydrogels described by H. S. Sawhney, C. P. Pathak and J. A. Hubell in Macromolecules, (1993) 26:581-587, the teachings of which are incorporated herein. These include polyhyaluronic acids, casein, gelatin, glutin, polyanhydrides, polyacrylic acid, alginate, chitosan, poly(methyl methacrylates), poly(ethyl methacrylates), poly(butylmethacrylate), poly(isobutyl methacrylate), poly(hexylmethacrylate), poly(isodecyl methacrylate), poly(lauryl methacrylate), poly(phenyl methacrylate), poly(methyl acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate), poly(isobutyl acrylate), and poly(octadecyl acrylate).
  • The therapeutic agent(s) may be contained in controlled release systems. The term “controlled release” is intended to refer to any drug-containing formulation in which the manner and profile of drug release from the formulation are controlled. This refers to immediate as well as non-immediate release formulations, with non-immediate release formulations including but not limited to sustained release and delayed release formulations. The term “sustained release” (also referred to as “extended release”) is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for gradual release of a drug over an extended period of time, and that preferably, although not necessarily, results in substantially constant blood levels of a drug over an extended time period. The term “delayed release” is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation in which there is a time delay between administration of the formulation and the release of the drug therefrom. “Delayed release” may or may not involve gradual release of drug over an extended period of time, and thus may or may not be “sustained release.”
  • Use of a long-term sustained release implant may be particularly suitable for treatment of chronic conditions. “Long-term” release, as used herein, means that the implant is constructed and arranged to deliver therapeutic levels of the active ingredient for at least 7 days, and preferably 30-60 days. Long-term sustained release implants are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include some of the release systems described above.
  • The present invention is further illustrated by the following Examples, which in no way should be construed as further limiting. The entire contents of all of the references (including literature references, issued patents, published patent applications, and co-pending patent applications) cited throughout this application are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R6 is Yi (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 1 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 33 nM, had R4=dipip and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 1
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 83 59 49 64 48 50 61
    diamine 150 56 47 45 64 48 49
    dipamine 59 120 74 75 86 48 79
    dimor 66 58 41 50 38 41 58
    dipmor 100 58 52 42 41 43 40
    dipip 69 41 36 57 39 50 33
    dippip 90 46 39 43 58 43 37
  • Example 2 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R7 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 2 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 33 nM, had R4=diamine and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 2
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 67 77 76 75 73 84 91
    diamine 79 120 79 65 87 75 33
    dipamine 68 67 170 90 81 65 110
    dimor 65 79 82 83 68 66 36
    dipmor 64 75 90 87 79 77 90
    dipip 69 55 86 78 66 65 73
    dippip 75 73 75 63 72 84 85
  • Example 3 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R8 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 3 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 51 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 3
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 530 460 120 330 440 410 160
    diamine 100 98 78 66 88 83 82
    dipamine 96 88 82 78 76 91 72
    dimor 100 64 73 92 77 51 80
    dipmor 79 70 77 120 130 69 66
    dipip 94 75 68 77 78 110 76
    dippip 65 67 55 79 60 71 72
  • Example 4 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 4 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 36 nM, had R4=Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 4
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 80 90 130 100 110 81 37
    diamine 54 100 71 110 220 43 49
    dipamine 140 98 150 44 220 400 290
    dimor 75 76 42 110 230 110 58
    dipmor 110 180 130 67 210 110 37
    dipip 70 50 64 110 150 36 54
    dippip 68 89 370 230 200 180 430
  • Example 5 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R3 and R7 are hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 5 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 31 nM, had R4=Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 5
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1200 930 580 1100 650 880 760
    diamine 120 170 160 70 42 77 120
    dipamine 150 600 140 220 250 130 210
    dimor 250 130 97 110 72 110 140
    dipmor 430 430 470 490 460 430 190
    dipip 130 170 110 110 140 31 49
    dippip 830 120 200 400 280 390 460
  • Example 6 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula III
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula III wherein R6 and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 6 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 36 nM, had R4=pip and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 6
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1200 63 42 770 120 63 36
    diamine 630 100 53 180 230 110 50
    dipamine 240 46 630 350 390 270 80
    dimor 750 87 220 140 45 130 210
    dipmor 320 63 82 1000 290 130 100
    dipip 530 100 190 360 110 69 210
    dippip 200 51 270 290 170 89 96
  • Example 7 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula IV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula IV wherein R7 and R8 are hydrogen, and R6 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 7 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 37 nM, had R4=Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 7
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 73 120 110 87 220 95 240
    diamine 97 37 140 1000 140 320 600
    dipamine 100 120 920 140 400 820 100
    dimor 55 120 300 65 1300 89 760
    dipmor 91 85 110 460 260 160 92
    dipip 110 78 960 86 480 100 320
    dippip 290 250 1200 260 210 220 220
  • Example 8 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula IV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula IV wherein R6 and R8 are hydrogen, and R7 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 8 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 170 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 8
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1300 1200 1300 1300 510 1300 1300
    diamine 560 1200 1300 1200 640 1300 400
    dipamine 1100 1200 920 560 600 470 470
    dimor 180 1100 540 860 420 1100 470
    dipmor 690 830 460 380 310 300 500
    dipip 200 520 370 660 980 1100 390
    dippip 410 170 730 1200 500 1200 560
  • Example 9 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula IV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula IV wherein R6 and R7 are hydrogen, and R8 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 9 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 340 nM, had R4=dipmor and Y2=dimor.
  • TABLE 9
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1300 1900 1900 1600 1600 1500 1600
    diamine 1200 1600 350 1500 1300 1400 380
    dipamine 810 560 1200 1300 1300 1200 1200
    dimor 1200 1500 1200 1300 1200 1200 1200
    dipmor 1200 1300 1500 340 1400 1300 1100
    dipip 1200 1500 1300 1300 1200 1200 610
    dippip 1100 1400 460 830 1200 780 1200
  • Example 10 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula IV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula IV wherein R7 is hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 10 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 100 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=
  • TABLE 10
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1200 1600 620 1300 730 1400 490
    diamine 730 480 990 1300 660 790 810
    dipamine 750 1200 380 310 1300 240 950
    dimor 1200 1200 1600 1200 1400 220 440
    dipmor 330 700 1600 1300 1300 1400 1000
    dipip 350 1200 880 1100 1100 320 330
    dippip 100 1300 120 1200 170 1200 460
  • Example 11 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R6 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 11 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 38 nM, had R4=diamine and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 11
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 56 56 52 58 93 72 72
    diamine 42 42 58 50 45 42 38
    dipamine 73 83 63 79 65 82 62
    dimor 59 54 56 65 54 61 60
    dipmor 88 62 50 71 65 69 69
    dipip 43 40 65 65 60 52 56
    dippip 75 77 85 73 52 88 64
  • Example 12 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R7 is Yi (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 12 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 4.7 nM, had R4=pip and Y2=dipamine. Eleven additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 12
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 49 37 4.7 44 37 42 38
    diamine 57 30 38 35 19 35 34
    dipamine 87 29 5.6 28 29 39 65
    dimor 54 37 41 36 39 34 26
    dipmor 65 34 30 56 28 35 33
    dipip 49 43 16 31 33 9.2 36
    dippip 45 41 31 38 40 31 70
  • Example 13 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R8 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 13 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 110 nM, had R4=dipamine and Y2=pip.
  • TABLE 13
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 2000 580 2000 310 1900 140 570
    diamine 160 750 970 1200 680 270 1100
    dipamine 110 240 270 230 600 330 240
    dimor 240 1000 670 370 880 1200 1300
    dipmor 140 450 590 250 510 360 470
    dipip 170 750 620 490 390 1100 400
    dippip 140 520 440 270 510 390 350
  • Example 14 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 14 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 28 nM; one of these compounds had R4=dimor and Y2=dipamine, and the other compound had R4=dipip and Y2=dipamine.
  • TABLE 14
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 810 49 33 560 59 58 90
    diamine 340 74 130 470 36 80 220
    dipamine 850 160 130 230 1200 41 1200
    dimor 79 130 28 120 85 160 94
    dipmor 510 170 160 590 160 75 150
    dipip 350 53 28 100 330 590 100
    dippip 480 320 91 250 710 1500 330
  • Example 15 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R3, and R7 are hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 15 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 2.4 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=dipmor. Two additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 15
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 87 91 90 78 89 78 83
    diamine 210 110 360 750 1100 740 98
    dipamine 110 110 100 140 110 130 100
    dimor 270 740 940 800 900 210 1000
    dipmor 130 98 120 250 130 120 120
    dipip 330 310 400 640 580 230 500
    dippip 80 100 84 3.1 2.4 3.6 130
  • Example 16 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 16 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 27 nM; one of these compounds had R4=dippip and Y2=dipmor, and the other of these compounds had R4=Y2=dippip. One additional compound in this set of data had predicted IC50 value less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 16
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 160 97 43 100 54 73 34
    diamine 320 62 50 200 48 76 39
    dipamine 210 70 73 170 96 240 63
    dimor 800 210 64 94 680 75 150
    dipmor 220 120 270 200 470 350 580
    dipip 530 120 54 210 38 200 63
    dippip 41 120 28 480 27 31 27
  • Example 17 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, R1 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 17 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 31 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=pip.
  • TABLE 17
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 310 150 100 250 210 270 110
    diamine 1200 1900 1400 2000 1900 1500 1900
    dipamine 490 320 250 400 590 1400 280
    dimor 400 2000 2000 2300 2100 2100 1300
    dipmor 790 440 190 660 540 960 180
    dipip 170 1500 1200 1400 1200 1600 140
    dippip 78 350 150 480 440 510 480
  • Example 18 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula V
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula V wherein R3 and R7 are hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 18 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 28 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 18
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 170 510 820 1800 640 1100 940
    diamine 120 120 150 160 120 130 150
    dipamine 810 200 150 740 170 130 480
    dimor 66 140 110 140 110 28 170
    dipmor 830 330 390 410 580 460 390
    dipip 100 110 110 180 200 130 130
    dippip 970 570 220 190 270 440 340
  • Example 19 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R6 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 19 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 33 nM; one of these compounds had R4=dipip and Y2=dipmor, and the other compound had R4=Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 19
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 110 76 53 61 64 38 64
    diamine 62 41 45 36 36 35 35
    dipamine 160 140 120 110 41 35 71
    dimor 73 37 34 37 36 35 36
    dipmor 150 38 40 71 75 50 59
    dipip 79 35 35 34 33 33 35
    dippip 75 40 43 55 38 94 37
  • Example 20 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R7 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 20 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 60 nM, had R4=diamine and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 20
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 75 82 84 85 95 110 78
    diamine 81 110 78 74 91 80 60
    dipamine 89 120 120 86 120 83 79
    dimor 69 78 81 88 92 68 90
    dipmor 64 73 68 88 85 99 89
    dipip 78 74 74 66 70 92 81
    dippip 65 92 78 84 93 83 76
  • Example 21 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R8 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 21 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 37 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 21
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 630 110 320 260 370 290 170
    diamine 88 130 55 69 100 87 81
    dipamine 67 78 59 64 52 59 53
    dimor 81 37 53 79 82 62 84
    dipmor 140 51 60 79 59 85 70
    dipip 89 52 73 55 72 54 68
    dippip 73 54 52 52 63 60 61
  • Example 22 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 22 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 19 nM; one of these compounds had R4=dipip and Y2=dipamine, and the other compound had R4=dipip and Y2=dipamine. Three additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 22
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 50 23 27 36 39 55 43
    diamine 46 55 76 86 210 42 150
    dipamine 51 110 360 96 79 99 340
    dimor 42 57 95 43 97 74 120
    dipmor 80 54 100 320 80 82 150
    dipip 45 19 19 46 220 93 81
    dippip 54 87 230 27 4410 110 110
  • Example 23 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 23 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 41 nM, had R4=dipmor and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 23
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 510 57 49 270 80 66 88
    diamine 440 79 67 170 450 180 520
    dipamine 290 110 190 930 500 150 460
    dimor 300 120 74 69 200 69 640
    dipmor 190 150 71 780 320 41 330
    dipip 490 46 100 440 340 57 290
    dippip 290 52 69 110 1100 660 670
  • Example 24 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VI wherein R1, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 24 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 31 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 24
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 360 39 56 100 110 48 140
    diamine 530 160 87 150 94 64 78
    dipamine 540 60 150 180 910 96 330
    dimor 440 32 75 150 150 68 130
    dipmor 240 59 200 130 100 81 150
    dipip 340 51 77 140 37 36 88
    dippip 290 31 62 250 160 52 400
  • Example 25 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VII wherein R1, R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R6 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 25 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 38 nM, had R4=dipamine and Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 25
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 250 120 130 110 110 110 220
    diamine 79 60 270 130 120 290 69
    dipamine 160 38 240 170 650 400 580
    dimor 78 130 99 88 100 160 1300
    dipmor 350 250 670 150 250 57 100
    dipip 110 120 66 130 130 110 77
    dippip 150 190 150 140 120 100 130
  • Example 26 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VII wherein R1, R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen, and R7 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 26 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 22 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 26
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 2100 110 120 91 110 100 110
    diamine 120 110 93 97 100 77 82
    dipamine 410 120 210 130 110 91 95
    dimor 98 94 90 74 98 120 22
    dipmor 170 88 110 110 120 35 120
    dipip 140 100 81 130 110 73 87
    dippip 100 99 110 76 120 190 120
  • Example 27 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VII wherein R1, R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 27 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 130 nM, had R4=dipamine and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 27
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 1400 1200 1200 330 700 690 660
    diamine 510 1300 240 390 310 820 160
    dipamine 610 780 290 490 360 270 130
    dimor 680 1700 220 220 230 180 280
    dipmor 230 340 620 1300 230 280 710
    dipip 410 350 220 350 240 200 220
    dippip 410 320 820 630 210 420 180
  • Example 28 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VII wherein R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 28 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 18 nM, had R4=Y2=dimor. Three additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 28
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 43 59 87 90 130 96 40
    diamine 42 62 120 65 42 35 250
    dipamine 71 93 140 140 75 130 110
    dimor 36 37 120 18 280 190 85
    dipmor 75 49 30 110 170 440 70
    dipip 40 38 89 48 88 38 170
    dippip 58 24 26 200 230 88 170
  • Example 29 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula VII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula VII wherein R1, R3, and R7 are hydrogen, R6 is Y2, and R8 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl). Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 29 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 95 nM, had R4=dipamine and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 29
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 2000 1900 1100 1200 840 730 790
    diamine 220 250 1000 300 210 280 390
    dipamine 1500 210 920 1800 1600 95 610
    dimor 400 180 900 320 370 240 780
    dipmor 1600 1700 730 1000 1200 1400 580
    dipip 470 290 250 520 380 170 210
    dippip 200 440 1300 1700 920 1000 820
  • Example 30 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula X
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula X wherein R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and Y1 is Ar—Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 30 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 29 nM, had R4=pip and Y2=dippip.
  • TABLE 30
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 66 39 48 33 42 65 29
    diamine 64 78 58 36 58 95 180
    dipamine 220 160 48 120 96 43 170
    dimor 120 110 44 120 62 54 45
    dipmor 180 53 340 46 350 190 54
    dipip 110 100 100 61 32 67 72
    dippip 51 170 160 110 80 66 190
  • Example 31 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XI wherein R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen, and Y1 is Ar—Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 31 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 0.82 nM, had R4=dipip and Y2=dimor. Forty-two additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 31
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 4.6 1.7 6.6 3.2 2.4 2.8 4.5
    diamine 18 2.8 4.5 0.89 1.8 2.7 25
    dipamine 8.8 3.1 4.6 1.5 2.1 2.6 27
    dimor 34 3.1 1.6 1.1 34 1.9 4.3
    dipmor 35 1.5 29 2.5 32 2.7 1.9
    dipip 47 11 1.5 0.82 1.6 2.3 7.3
    dippip 90 1.1 2.9 1.1 9.5 14 12
  • Example 32 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XIV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XIV wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 32 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 49 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=dipip. One additional compound in this set of data had a predicted IC50 value less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 32
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 86 51 53 48 53 51 55
    diamine 350 150 230 1100 88 110 360
    dipamine 100 36 140 93 98 38 170
    dimor 570 170 130 490 160 260 97
    dipmor 94 35 260 110 470 170 120
    dipip 160 240 93 280 200 120 290
    dippip 140 6.8 66 190 70 2 35
  • Example 33 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XIV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XIV wherein R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen and R8 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 33 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 44 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=pip.
  • TABLE 33
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 260 300 110 180 100 600 150
    diamine 280 680 330 89 320 150 46
    dipamine 46 1000 580 200 390 230 93
    dimor 44 1400 120 1300 160 970 390
    dipmor 580 460 1100 810 620 1000 310
    dipip 370 220 120 310 130 56 190
    dippip 72 95 740 1100 950 63 160
  • Example 34 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XV wherein R7 and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 34 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 39 nM, had R4 dipmor and Y2=diamine.
  • TABLE 34
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 89 43 71 40 46 39 54
    diamine 200 1500 54 1300 140 1300 550
    dipamine 79 40 62 85 130 66 370
    dimor 190 1200 110 1200 53 740 250
    dipmor 85 39 71 42 150 240 95
    dipip 190 330 150 1400 370 150 69
    dippip 88 49 95 54 52 49 42
  • Example 35 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XV wherein R6 and R7 are hydrogen and R8 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 35 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 49 nM, had R4=dipamine and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 35
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 240 780 120 570 120 520 150
    diamine 230 290 150 1100 140 500 110
    dipamine 510 250 370 500 730 49 710
    dimor 58 1400 230 520 230 1400 590
    dipmor 750 1000 740 520 1200 1500 870
    dipip 410 1300 110 57 130 1200 550
    dippip 650 160 480 1300 400 1400 1200
  • Example 36 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XVI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XVI wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 36 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 62 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=dipamine.
  • TABLE 36
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 97 210 110 1400 500 280 220
    diamine 290 75 84 170 520 73 240
    dipamine 310 240 110 210 140 110 280
    dimor 230 74 100 170 290 87 73
    dipmor 130 200 93 170 400 77 170
    dipip 120 180 79 160 300 270 240
    dippip 140 140 62 200 240 80 250
  • Example 37 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XVI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XVI wherein R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen and R8 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 37 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 50 nM, had R4=diamine and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 37
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 480 440 1400 1300 1200 380 1200
    diamine 210 270 600 350 720 50 870
    dipamine 340 710 400 130 310 350 740
    dimor 1200 820 1400 1000 1300 340 1100
    dipmor 1500 420 1200 590 1500 880 1300
    dipip 220 550 970 860 1500 1200 1200
    dippip 150 390 120 170 1500 96 1300
  • Example 38 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XVII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XVII wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 38 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 22 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=dipip.
  • TABLE 38
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 44 39 59 39 80 38 110
    diamine 81 160 94 170 180 240 120
    dipamine 81 160 130 53 56 99 180
    dimor 89 240 310 300 200 310 160
    dipmor 75 31 61 61 280 85 270
    dipip 170 240 120 500 240 200 230
    dippip 60 41 72 55 35 22 31
  • Example 39 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XX
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XX wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 39 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 16 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=pip. Five additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 39
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 42 31 30 32 57 35 55
    diamine 40 57 130 50 62 80 100
    dipamine 14 56 72 30 190 41 180
    dimor 17 42 140 64 100 85 79
    dipmor 47 44 130 32 110 73 110
    dipip 17 42 77 72 87 68 100
    dippip 16 55 140 66 53 96 130
  • Example 40 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXI wherein R7 and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 40 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 9.4 nM, had R4=dipmor and Y2=pip. Five additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 40
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 55 35 61 33 48 42 71
    diamine 25 62 49 39 98 68 42
    dipamine 15 70 62 61 53 63 51
    dimor 18 55 120 64 100 69 120
    dipmor 9.4 58 63 63 150 54 75
    dipip 24 44 120 72 110 32 110
    dippip 17 71 54 57 83 67 150
  • Example 41 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXI wherein R6 and R8 are hydrogen and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 41 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 8.7 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=pip. Two additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 41
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 360 71 87 83 80 77 69
    diamine 68 60 59 45 53 39 65
    dipamine 40 40 180 67 89 48 120
    dimor 78 62 84 50 76 50 64
    dipmor 12 29 73 57 60 32 66
    dipip 43 34 69 62 56 61 76
    dippip 8.7 56 47 55 73 70 72
  • Example 42 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXII wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 42 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 36 nM, had R4=dipip and Y2=pip.
  • TABLE 42
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 46 61 75 4 620 50 120
    diamine 41 62 57 120 170 250 63
    dipamine 55 84 280 300 1300 190 1500
    dimor 53 80 330 53 59 92 81
    dipmor 49 130 86 780 1000 360 1100
    dipip 36 80 56 850 100 170 240
    dippip 44 61 180 100 610 120 440
  • Example 43 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXII wherein R3, R6, and R8 are hydrogen and R7 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 43 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 26 nM, had R4=dimor and Y2=dipmor. Two additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 43
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 280 540 230 1200 1200 1200 1600
    diamine 78 42 48 130 720 86 77
    dipamine 57 40 110 200 140 69 58
    dimor 91 61 150 220 26 74 770
    dipmor 59 48 64 470 730 76 730
    dipip 110 41 40 76 280 71 76
    dippip 39 180 240 930 290 76 190
  • Example 44 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXIII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXIII wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y2. Substitutions for R4 and Y2 were made as shown in Table 44 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 9.7 nM, had R4=dippip and Y2=pip. Five additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 44
    Y2
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R4 pip 98 54 75 45 68 56 67
    diamine 36 55 57 42 68 61 200
    dipamine 16 69 110 55 260 87 250
    dimor 25 52 49 72 48 70 99
    dipmor 16 51 83 74 99 73 22
    dipip 23 37 76 100 94 45 94
    dippip 9.7 72 73 120 110 50 110
  • Example 45 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXX
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXX wherein each of R3, R15, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is hydrogen, and each of Qp and Qo is Y2. Substitutions for Qp and Qo were made as shown in Table 45 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 2.9 nM, had Qp=dipip and Qo=pip. Eighteen additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 45
    Qp
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    Qo pip 26 17 5.3 8.3 4.6 2.9 14
    diamine 26 45 41 33 50 19 42
    dipamine 31 24 40 40 44 52 52
    dimor 608 5.3 22 13 23 38 40
    dipmor 30 36 67 53 45 42 49
    dipip 34 36 6.9 45 43 6.5 42
    dippip 38 6 55 52 84 13 5.9
  • Example 46 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXI wherein each of R3, R15, R5, R7, and R8 is hydrogen; and each of R6 and Q is Y2. Substitutions for R6 and Q were made as shown in Table 46 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 32 nM; one of these compounds had Q=dipmor and R6=dippip, and the other had Q=dipip and R6=diamine.
  • TABLE 46
    Q
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R6 pip 67 41 50 43 50 40 72
    diamine 67 48 41 49 38 32 38
    dipamine 73 35 47 49 60 38 38
    dimor 57 38 55 39 46 35 38
    dipmor 68 37 60 46 44 36 40
    dipip 59 34 45 46 50 35 45
    dippip 57 35 36 44 32 36 33
  • Example 47 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXII wherein each of R15, R5, R6, R7, and R3 is hydrogen, and each of Qp and Qo is Y2. Substitutions for Qp and Qo were made as shown in Table 47 below. In this set of data two compounds shared the lowest predicted IC50, 1.5 nM; one of these compounds had Qp=dipamine and Qo=pip, and the other compound had Q1=dipip and Q2=pip. Thirty-four additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 47
    Qp
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    Qo pip 13 8.8 1.5 5.9 2.3 1.5 4.5
    diamine 2 8.8 1.9 40 43 18 45
    dipamine 38 35 9.5 48 51 17 57
    dimor 11 2.9 25 26 2.3 6.2 40
    dipmor 17 9.3 11 46 13 17 53
    dipip 13 7.9 4.3 7.9 13 48 2.7
    dippip 14 16 13 16 66 12 18
  • Example 48 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXIII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXIII wherein each of R15, R5, R7, and R8 is hydrogen; and each of R6 and Q is Y2. Substitutions for R6 and Q were made as shown in Table 48 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 33 nM, had Q=R6=dippip.
  • TABLE 48
    Q
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R6 pip 83 70 57 53 62 53 160
    diamine 56 35 75 40 46 41 49
    dipamine 65 40 46 45 37 49 44
    dimor 59 47 52 53 50 44 43
    dipmor 64 51 56 48 45 40 40
    dipip 60 41 59 44 46 36 45
    dippip 61 49 54 47 53 40 33
  • Example 49 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXIV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXIV wherein each of R1, R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 is hydrogen, and each of Qp and Qo is Y2. Substitutions for Qp and Qo were made as shown in Table 49 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 26 nM, had Qp=Qo=pip.
  • TABLE 49
    Qp
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    Qo pip 26 40 180 86 480 63 55
    diamine 240 82 110 1200 180 75 40
    dipamine 100 35 300 1100 340 77 330
    dimor 43 57 490 1200 1200 100 48
    dipmor 61 33 150 210 1200 1200 1100
    dipip 42 51 54 80 33 93 740
    dippip 54 140 180 1400 120 140 340
  • Example 50 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXV
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXV wherein each of R3, R15, R7, and R8 is hydrogen; and each of R6 and Q is Y2. Substitutions for R6 and Q were made as shown in Table 50 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 31 nM, had Q=dimor and R6=dippip.
  • TABLE 50
    Q
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R6 pip 1200 1200 400 530 220 470 150
    diamine 1200 1200 500 1200 1200 1100 1300
    dipamine 1300 420 620 1100 1300 720 310
    dimor 1200 1200 250 1200 250 1200 700
    dipmor 1200 460 590 460 470 1200 200
    dipip 1300 1200 1300 1200 430 1100 430
    dippip 38 330 35 31 36 38 34
  • Example 51 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXVI
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXVI wherein each of R3, R15, R6, R7, and R8 is hydrogen, and each of Qp and Qo is Y2. Substitutions for Qp and Qo were made as shown in Table 51 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 1.5 nM, had Qp=dipamine and Qo=pip. Thirty-five additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 51
    Qp
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    Qo pip 16 9.1 1.5 6.6 8.6 34 2.9
    diamine 25 18 27 4.5 11 26 34
    dipamine 40 9.7 22 6.3 33 39 33
    dimor 22 12 2.9 32 27 31 32
    dipmor 48 8.4 15 18 44 30 28
    dipip 18 5.4 7.3 30 22 26 15
    dippip 33 28 4 28 29 28 33
  • Example 52 Predicted Activities for Compounds of Formula XXXVII
  • Based on computer modeling, IC50 values (nM) were predicted in respect of TLR9 activity for compounds according to Formula XXXVII wherein each of R3, R15, R7, and R8 is hydrogen; and each of R6 and Q is Y2. Substitutions for R6 and Q were made as shown in Table 52 below. In this set of data the compound with the lowest predicted IC50, 26 nM, had Q=dimor and R6=dippip. Seventeen additional compounds in this set of data had predicted IC50 values less than or equal to 30 nM.
  • TABLE 52
    Q
    pip diamine dipamine dimor dipmor dipip dippip
    R6 pip 72 29 39 28 31 28 39
    diamine 65 32 35 27 36 28 34
    dipamine 58 33 31 27 64 30 31
    dimor 36 28 37 27 34 31 38
    dipmor 38 28 31 27 35 27 35
    dipip 36 28 38 27 43 27 43
    dippip 55 30 33 26 35 27 33
  • Example 53 Synthesis of Compound #401-92 Step 1 Preparation of 5-bromoanthranilamide
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00082
  • To a stirred slurry of 5-bromoisatoic anhydride (10 gm, 4.13×10−2 moles; Aldrich Chemical, product number 477702) in dry tetrahydrofuran (THF; 50 mL) was added concentrated ammonium hydroxide solution (20 mL). The anhydride quickly dissolved forming a clear solution. After about 2 minutes a biphasic mixture had formed. This was stirred for 1 hour and was then kept at room temperature overnight. The THF was evaporated under vacuum to give a thick slurry. Water (20 mL) was added and the solid product was isolated by filtration. The anthranilamide was washed with water and dried at 80° C. to provide 6.3 gm (70.9%) of the product as a white solid. Thin layer chromatography (TLC; silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) showed only the product spot.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 6-bromo-2-phenylquinazolin-4-one
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00083
  • A mixture of 5-bromoanthranilamide (7.5 gm, 3.49×10−2 moles), benzaldehyde (3.7 gm, 3.49×10−2 moles), sodium metabisulfite (4.98 gm, 2.62×10−2 moles), and water (0.5 mL) in dimethylacetamide (50 mL) was stirred at 150° C. for 2 hours. The slurry was cooled to 50° C. and water (200 mL) was added. This slurry was stirred for 10 minutes and was then filtered to isolate the product. The solid was washed well on the filter with water. While still damp, the solid product was recrystallized from dimethylformamide to give the quinazolinone as an off white solid in a yield of 4.45 gm (42.3%).
  • Step 3 Preparation of 6-bromo-4-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-phenylquinazoline
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00084
  • A slurry of 6-bromo-2-phenylquinazolin-4-one (4.44 gm, 1.47×10−2 moles) was stirred and heated in 1,2-dichlorobenzene (40 mL) to 130° C. Phosphorus oxychloride (4.52 gm, 2.95×10−2 moles) was added to the stirred, hot mixture over a 5 minute period. The mixture was stirred at 130° C. until a clear orange solution formed and then for an additional 30 minutes. The total reaction time was 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature the reaction solution was diluted with tert-butylmethyl ether (200 mL) and the solution was shaken in a separatory funnel with water (200 mL). The aqueous phase (pH=2.0) was discarded and the organic solution was washed with a solution of sodium hydroxide (5.88 gm, 0.147 moles) in water (200 mL). The tert-butylmethyl ether was stripped under vacuum to give a slurry of 6-bromo-4-chloro-2-phenylquinazoline in 1,2-dichlorobenzene.
  • This slurry was diluted with n-butanol (40 mL) and N-methylpiperazine (4.4 gm, 4.4×10−2 moles) was added. This mixture was heated to reflux which caused the formation of a clear yellow solution. The solution was kept at reflux for 30 minutes at which point TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) showed that all of the starting material had been consumed with the formation of a single product. The solution was cooled to room temperature and was diluted with tert-butylmethyl ether (200 mL). This solution was extracted once with 10% hydrochloric acid (150 mL). These acidic extracts were stirred and made basic by the addition of 10% sodium hydroxide. The precipitated product was extracted into methylene chloride (200 mL). Methylene chloride was evaporated under vacuum to provide the product as an oil in a crude yield of 5.2 gm (92%). The oil was dissolved in hexane (25 mL) and with scratching, the product crystallized. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with hexane and dried to give 2.5 gm (44.4%) of purified 6-bromo-4-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-phenylquinazoline as an off white solid.
  • Step 4 Preparation of 6-N-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]-4-[4-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-2-phenylquinazoline
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00085
  • A mixture of 6-bromo-4-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-phenylquinazoline (1.0 gm, 2.6×10−3 moles), tris-dibenzylideneacetone dipalladium(0) (23.8 mg, 2.6×10−5 moles), racemic 2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthalene (+/−Binap; 48.6 mg, 7.8×10−5 moles), sodium t-butoxide (350 mg, 3.6×10−3 moles) and toluene (5 mL) was stirred as argon was passed through. The flask was sealed with a septum and 2-morpholinoethylamine (406 mg, 3.12×10−3 moles) dissolved in toluene was added by syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. TLC of an aliquot (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) showed complete conversion of the starting quinazoline to a single new product. The mixture was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). This was washed with water (100 mL) and then extracted with 10% hydrochloric acid (2×25 mL). The combined extracts were washed once with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and were then made basic by the addition of 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The product that separated from the basified mixture was extracted into methylene chloride (2×25 mL). The combined extracts were evaporated to give 6-N-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]-4-[4-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-2-phenylquinazoline as a pale yellow solid in a yield of 1.02 gm (90.7%).
  • Example 54 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula III
  • Compounds of class A3I represent compounds of Formula III wherein R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R3 is Y1 (Ar—Y2), as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00086
  • Compounds of the A3I class are synthesized in the following manner. 2-Aminoacetophenone and 4-bromobenzaldehyde are condensed in the presence of alkali to provide 2-amino-4′-bromochalcone. The chalcone is cyclized to the dihydroquinolone in the presence of phosphoric acid and subsequently acetylated with acetic anhydride as described by Donnelley and Farrell. Donnelly J A et al. (1990) J Org Chem 55:1757-61. This dihydroquinolone is oxidized and rearranged in the presence of thallium salts and perchloric acid to the 3-aryl-4-quinolone as described by Singh and Kapil. Singh O V et al. (1992) SYNLETT 751-2. Conversion to the 4-chloroquinoline is achieved by the usual method using phosphorus oxychloride. Displacement of the chlorine in the 4 position of the quinoline with a primary or secondary alkyl amine provides the 3-(4-bromophenyl)-4-alkylaminoquinoline which is converted to the A3I using the Buchwald amination procedure. Buchwald S L et al. (2004) Org Syn Coll. Vol. 10:423.
  • Example 55 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula III
  • Compounds of class AbI represent compounds of Formula III wherein R4 and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is Y3 (unsubstituted phenyl), and R7 is Y2, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00087
    Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00088
  • Compounds of the form AbI are synthesized using the methods described in the synthesis of compounds of form A3I (Example 54). In the case of the AbI compounds, the starting 2-amino-4-bromo is prepared from the commercially available 2-nitro-4-bromobenzoic acid by acylation of diethylmalonate followed by hydrolysis and decarboxylation to 2-nitro-4-bromoacetophenone (Reynolds G A et al. (1963) Org Syn Coll. Vol. 4:708) and subsequent reduction to 2-amino-4-bromoacetophenone. In the case of the AbI compounds the bromine on the quinoline ring is displaced with an amine using Buchwald amination as described earlier.
  • Example 56 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XV
  • Compounds of class CII represent compounds of Formula XV wherein R7 and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00089
  • CII compounds are made by conversion of 5-bromoisatoic anhydride to 5-bromoanthranilamide in the presence of ammonium hydroxide. Condensation with diethyl malonate provides the 2,4-dihydroxy-6-bromoquinazoline. Suzuki coupling (Goodson F E et. al. (2004) Org Syn Coll. Vol. 10:501) is used to synthesize 2,4-dihydroxy-6-phenylquinazoline which is converted to the dichloroquinazoline through the use of phosphorus oxychloride. Sequential displacement of the chlorine in the 4-position of the quinazoline followed by displacement of the chlorine in the 2-position by the same or different amines provides the CII compounds.
  • Example 57 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XI
  • Compounds of class BIV represent compounds of Formula XI wherein R3, R6, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and Y1 is Ar—Y2, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00090
  • BIV compounds are prepared by condensation of 3-aminopicolinic acid, via its methyl ester, with 4-bromoacetophenone to give 2-(4-bromophenyl)-4-hydroxynaphthyridine. Conversion to the 4-chloro naphthyridine and displacement of the chlorine first, followed by the bromine are achieved by methods described above.
  • Example 58 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XXI
  • Compounds of class DbII represent compounds of Formula XXI wherein R6 and R8 are hydrogen and R7 is Y2, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00091
  • The starting point for the synthesis of the DbII compounds is 2-nitro-4-bromobenzoic acid. This is converted to 4-bromoanthranilamide by forming the acid chloride and aminating this with ammonium hydroxide. Condensation with benzaldehyde in the presence of sodium bisulfite (Imai Y et al. (1981) Synthesis 1:35) gives 2-phenyl-4-hydroxy-7-bromoquinazoline. Formation of the DbII compounds involves the conversion of the 4-hydroxyquinazoline to the 4-chloroquinazoline followed by displacement of the chlorine and then the bromine with amines by the methods described earlier.
  • Example 59 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XX
  • Compounds of class DI represent compounds of Formula XX wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y2, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00092
  • The synthesis of DI compounds starts with 5-bromoisatoic anhydride. This is converted to methyl-5-bromoanthranilate by reaction with methanol. Condensation with acetophenone provides 2-phenyl-4-hydroxy-6-bromoquinoline. This is converted to the 4-chloroquinoline by reaction with phosphorus oxychloride. Displacement of the chlorine and then the bromine with amines by the methods described earlier provide the DI compounds
  • Example 60 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XIV
  • Compounds of class CI represent compounds of Formula XIV wherein R3, R7, and R8 are hydrogen and R6 is Y3, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00093
  • Condensation of 4-aminobiphenyl with diethyl malonate in polyphosphoric acid is used to synthesize 2,4-dihydroxy-6-phenylquinoline. This is converted to the 2,4-dichloro-6-phenylquinoline by reaction with phosphorus oxychloride. Sequential displacement of the chlorine in the 2-position of the quinoline followed by displacement of the chlorine in the 4-position by the same or different amines (Lister T et al (2003) Australian Journal of Chemistry 56(9):913-6) provides the CI compounds.
  • Example 61 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XIV
  • Compounds of class CaI represent compounds of Formula XIV wherein R3, R6, and R7 are hydrogen and R8 is Y3, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00094
  • 2-bromoaniline is converted into 2,4-dihydroxy-8-bromoquinoline and subsequently into the CaI compounds by methods described earlier.
  • Example 62 Synthesis of Compounds of Formula XV
  • Compounds of class A3I represent compounds of Formula XV wherein R6 and R7 are hydrogen and R8 is Y3, as defined herein.
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00095
    Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00096
  • 3-bromoanthranilic acid is converted to 3-phenylanthranilic acid by Suzuki coupling procedures described above. The 3-phenylanthranilic acid is used to prepare the isatoic anhydride by reaction with a phosgene equivalent. Ring opening with ammonium hydroxide provides the anthranilamide which is converted to the dihydroxyquinazoline by the methods described earlier. Conversion to the dichloroquinazoline followed by sequential displacement of the chlorine in the 4-position of the quinazoline and displacement of the chlorine in the 2-position by the same or different amines provides the CaII compounds.
  • Example 63 In Vitro Testing
  • Peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) buffy coat preparations from healthy male and female human donors were obtained from the Institute for Hemostaseology and Transfusion Medicine of the University of Düsseldorf (Germany).
  • PBMC were purified by centrifugation over Ficoll-Hypaque (Sigma). Purified PBMC were washed twice with 1×PBS and resuspended in RPMI 1640 culture medium supplemented with 5% (v/v) heat-inactivated human AB serum (BioWhittaker, Belgium) or 10% (v/v) heat-inactivated fetal calf serum (FCS), 1.5 mM L-glutamine, 100 U/ml penicillin and 100 mg/ml streptomycin (all from Sigma, Deisenhofen, Germany).
  • Freshly isolated PBMC were resuspended at a concentration of 3×106/ml to 5×106/ml with RPMI 1640 culture medium and added to 96-well round-bottomed plates (150 μl/well) which had previously received nothing or selected concentrations (typically 10 μM-0.085 nM as 7-fold serial dilutions) of small molecule. To assay antagonist reaction for TLR9, 1 μM CpG oligodeoxynucleotide (ODN) 2395 (TCGTCGTTTTCGGCGCGCGCCG; SEQ ID NO:3) was added to wells containing small molecules. To assay antagonist reaction for TLR7 and TLR8, 0.5 μM oligoribonucleotide (ORN) R-1362 (UUGUUGUUGUUGUUGUUGUU; SEQ ID NO:4) complexed to 5 μg/ml DOTAP was added to wells containing small molecules. To calculate response to CpG ODN 2395 alone or ORN R-1362+DOTAP alone, wells without small molecules were stimulated with CpG ODN 2395 or ORN R-1362+DOTAP.
  • Cells were cultured in a humidified incubator at 37° C. for 16 h. Culture supernatants were then collected and, if not used immediately, frozen at −20° C. until required.
  • Amounts of cytokines in the supernatants were assessed using enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA) specific for IFN-α or TNF-α using commercially available antibodies or kits from BD Pharmingen or Diaclone, respectively. IFN-α readout using CpG 2395 was used to measure TLR9 response. IFN-α readout using ORN R-1362+DOTAP was used to measure TLR7 response. TNF-α release using R-1362 complexed to DOTAP was used to measure TLR8-mediated immune response.
  • Example 64 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 4
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00097
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • A solution of p-bromophenethyl alcohol (2.23 g, 11.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (DCM) (20 mL) was treated with Dess-Martin reagent (6.5 g) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the solution was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried (Na2SO4), and purified by column chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=20:80) to provide the aldehyde 2 (1.0 g, 43%).
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • A mixture of the aldehyde 2 (1.0 g, 5 mmol) with methylanthranilate (1.03 g, 6.8 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. To the formed solid was added additional toluene (6 mL) and ethyl acetate(EtOAc) (5 mL), which was filtered, washed with hexane, and dried under vacuum to provide the imine (700 mg).
  • To a stirred solution of the imine (700 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (10 mL) was added potassium hexamethyldisilazide (KHMDS) (6.6 mL of 0.5M/toluene, 3.3 mmol) at −78° C. The resulting dark solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. To the solution was added H2O (10 mL) and the solvents were removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to provide 3 (120 mg, ˜8%).
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • A mixture of 3 (114 mg, 0.4 mmol) with POCl3 (2 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. After pouring into ice/H2O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) followed by EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), passed through a short pad of SiO2, and concentrated to provide 4 (142 mg, 100%) as a brown solid. Without further purification this solid 4 was used for the next reaction.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 4 (142 mg, 0.4 mmol), followed by N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) (3 mL), 2-morpholinoethanamine (160 mg), and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (200 μL). The resulting solution was heated at 160° C. for 24 h. After concentration, the resulting residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give a brown solid, which was purified by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=50:50 to 0:100) to provide crude product 5 which was used for the next reaction.
  • Synthesis of 6 (A3I):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed above 5, followed by toluene (3 mL), KO-t-Bu (110 mg), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) [Pd2(dba)3] (34 mg), and 2-(di-tert-butylphosphino)biphenyl (22 mg), and N-methylpiperazine (124 μL). The suspension was flushed again with N2, capped, and the resulting suspension was heated at 100° C. for 2 days. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). Organic extract was dried (Na2SO4) and purified by preparative TLC (DCM:MeOH=80:20) to provide 6. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 2.25 (br, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.39 (t, 2H), 2.63 (t, 4H), 3.26 (m, overlapped with solvent, 4H+2H), 3.49 (t, 4H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.51 (t, 1H), 7.66 (t, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H); LC/MS ES+432 (M+1), >95% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 6 (A3I):
  • Compound 6 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula III with R6, R7 and R8=H; R3=Y1 (Ar—Y2), Y2=pip; R4=dimor. See Example 4, Table 4, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 720 110 73
    Calculated 75
  • Example 65 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 6
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00098
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • A mixture of 1 (2.3 g, 10 mmol) with phenylacetaldehyde (2.3 mL, 20 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solid which formed was filtered, washed with hexane, and dried to provide 2. Without further purification the product was used for the next reaction.
  • To a stirred solution of above 2 in THF (30 mL) was added lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) (5.5 mL of 2M/heptane/THF/ethylbenzene, 11 mmol) at −78° C. The resulting dark solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. To the solution was added H2O (10 mL) and the organic layer was removed. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to provide 3 (540 mg, 26%) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • Above 3 (540 mg, 1.8 mmol) with POCl3 (5 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After pouring into ice/H2O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) followed by EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), passed through a short pad of SiO2, and concentrated to provide 4. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=10:90) to provide 4 (270 mg, 47%) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 4 (270 mg, 0.85 mmol), followed by NMP (1 mL), 2-morpholinoethanamine (500 mg), and diisopropylethylamine (200 μL). The resulting solution was heated at 170° C. for 18 h. After concentration, the resulting residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give a brown solid, which was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=80:20 to 100:0) to provide 5 (173 mg, 49%) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of 6 (AbI):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed above 5 (82 mg, 0.2 mmol), followed by toluene (3 mL), KO-t-Bu (34 mg, 0.3 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (3 mg), N-methylpiperazine (20 mg, 0.2 mmol) and 2-(di-tert-butylphosphino)biphenyl (6 mg). After heating at 100° C. for 2 h, the solution was subjected to purification by column chromatography (MeOH:DCM=20:80) to give 6 (22 mg, 26%). A second batch was carried out to obtained additional 6 (˜20 mg). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 2.25 (br, 4H), 2.38 (br, 2H+3H), 2.68 (br, 4H), 3.09 (t, 2H, J=6.4 Hz), 3.36 (br, 4H), 3.49 (br, 4H), 7.3-7.6 (set of m, 7H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.12 (s, 1H); ES+334 (M+1), >95% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 6 (AbI):
  • Compound 6 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula III with R6 and R8=H; R3=Y3=phenyl; R7=Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 6, Table 6, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 180 160 160
    Calculated 750
  • Example 66 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 31
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00099
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • A mixture of 1 (2.0 g, 14 mmol) in concentrated H2SO4 (a few drops) in MeOH (5 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After concentration the residue was taken up into EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, H2O, and dried (Na2SO4) to provide 2 (400 mg, 20%) as a yellow solid.
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • To a stirred solution of NaO-t-Bu (253 mg, 2.6 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) was added 4-bromoacetophenone (131 mg, 0.66 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. To this solution was added 2 (100 mg, 0.66 mmol) at the same temperature. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. After addition of H2O (1 mL), the solution was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic extract was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give a dark brown semi-solid, which was subjected to purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (TLC) (CHCl3:MeOH=90:10 with 1% of NH4OH) to obtain 3 (30 mg, 15%) as a pale yellow film. A mass of 301(mass+1) was determined for this compound by liquid chromatography/mass spectroscopy. [LC/MS 301(M+1)]
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • A mixture of 3 (22 mg, 0.07 mmol) with POCl3 (1.5 mL) and 2,6-lutidine (0.7 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 16 h. After pouring into ice/H2O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) followed by EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), passed through a short pad of SiO2, and concentrated to provide 4 (25 mg) which was used for the next reaction.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 4 (25 mg, 0.07 mmol), followed by NMP (2 mL), 2-morpholinoethanamine (30 mg). Resulting solution was heated at 170° C. for 16 h. After dilution with EtOAc, the solution was washed with brine (3×), dried (Na2SO4) to obtain 5 (18 mg, 64%), after purification by column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol). The compound 5 was used for the next reaction.
  • Synthesis of 6 (BIV):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed above 5 (17 mg, 0.05 mmol), followed by toluene (2 mL), NaO-t-Bu (15 mg), Pd2(dba)3 (14 mg), and 2-(di-tert-butylphosphino)biphenyl (9 mg), and N-methylpiperazine (17 μL). The reaction was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. After dilution with EtOAc (3 mL) and 10% HCl/H2O (1.5 mL/1.5 mL), the aqueous phase was separated, neutralized by 2N NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc (2×), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The residue was then recrystallized with CHCl3 and hexane to provide 6 (11.4 mg, 52%) as a yellow solid. LC/MS ES+433 (M+1), >95% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 6 (BIV):
  • Compound 6 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XI with R3, R6, R7, and R8=H; Y1=Ar—Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 31, Table 31, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 70 100 44
    Calculated 34
  • Example 67 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 32
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00100
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • A mixture of 1 (3.4 g, 23.7 mmol) in dimethylmalonate (16 mL) was heated at refluxed (ca 150-165° C.) for 20 h. After concentration, the dark residue was purified by column chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=25:75 to 40:60) to provide 2 (4.5 g, 80%).
  • Synthesis of 3 and 4:
  • To a stirred solution of 2 (3.3 g, 12.3 mmol) in chlorobenzene (50 mL) was added portion wise AlCl3 (4.9 g, 36 mmol) at 0° C. under a N2 atmosphere. The resulting solution was heated at 120° C. for 3 h. The dark solution was slowly poured into ice/H2O to provide a precipitate. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried to provide 3.
  • Without further purification, the product was used for the next reaction.
  • To the above solid was added POCl3 (15 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was heated at reflux for 3 h. The reaction was poured into ice/H2O, and extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and purified by flash chromatography (DCM:hexane=5:95) to obtain 4 (310 mg, 9.2%) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 4 (220 mg, 0.8 mmol), followed by N-methylpyrrolidinone (1.5 mL), 2-morpholinoethanamine (160 mg), and diisopropylethylamine (300 μL). The resulting solution was heated at 100° C. for 16 h. After dilution with EtOAc, the solution was washed with brine (3×) and dried (Na2SO4) to provide 5 (262 mg, 63%) after purification by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=80:20 to MeOH:EtOAc=5:95).
  • Synthesis of 6 (CI):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 5 (112 mg, 0.3 mmol), followed by N-methylpiperazine (2 mL). The resulting solution was heated at 150° C. for 18 h. After dilution with EtOAc, the solution was washed with brine (2×) and dried (Na2SO4) to provide 6 (48 mg for first crop and 68 mg; second crop, total 87%) after recrystallization with EtOAc/hexane. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.53 (brm, 8H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 3.32 (dd, 2H), 3.73 (br, 8H), 5.74 (br, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.44 (t, 2H), 7.72 (set of m, 5H). LC/MS m/e 432 (M+1).
  • In Vitro Characterization of 6 (CI):
  • Compound 6 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XIV with R3, R7, and R8=H; R6=Y3=phenyl; Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 32, Table 32, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 200 600 200
    Calculated 570
  • Example 68 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 33
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00101
  • Synthesis of 3 and 4:
  • To a stirred solution of 2 (8.3 g, 31 mmol), which was prepared by the same procedure as described before (Synthesis of CI), in chlorobenzene (80 mL) was added portionwise AlCl3 (12.3 g, 93 mmol) at 0° C. under a N2 atmosphere. The resulting solution was heated at 110-120° C. for 4 h. The dark solution was slowly poured into ice/H2O with vigorous stirring. The resulting solution was extracted with chloroform (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (Na2SO4). After concentration, the gummy residue was triturated with EtOAc to afford 3 as a pink powder, which was washed with EtOAc and hexane. Without further purification, the product 3 was used for the next reaction.
  • To the above 3 was added POCl3 (30 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was heated at 80° C. for 4 h. The reaction was poured into ice/H2O (300 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried (Na2SO4), and purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=3:97) to provide 4 (310 mg, 3.5%) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 4 (310 mg, 1.1 mmol), followed by N-methylpyrrolidine (3 mL), 2-morpholinoethanamine (160 mg), and diisopropylethylamine (700 μL). The resulting solution was heated at 100° C. for 18 h. After dilution with EtOAc, the solution was washed with brine (3×) and dried (Na2SO4) to provide 5 (190 mg, 47%) after purification by flash chromatography (EtOAc=100 to MeOH:EtOAc=5:95).
  • Synthesis of 6 (CaI):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 5 (90 mg, 0.24 mmol), followed by N-methylpiperazine (2 mL). The resulting solution was heated at 150° C. for 20 h. After dilution with EtOAc, the solution was washed with brine (2×) and dried (Na2SO4) to provide 6 (49 mg, 46%) after purification by flash chromatography (EtOAc to MeOH:EtOAc=10:90). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.53 (br, 4H), 2.58 (br, 4H), 2.78 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 3.74 (br, 4H), 5.75 (br, 1H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 7.24 (t, 1H, overlapped with solvent), 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.39 (t, 2H), 7.57 (t, 2H), 7.74 (t, 2H). LC/MS 433 (M+1).
  • In Vitro Characterization of 6 (CaI):
  • Compound 6 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XIV with R3, R6, and R7=H; R8=Y3=phenyl; Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 33, Table 33, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 790 140 250
    Calculated 44
  • Example 69 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 34
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00102
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • To a stirred solution of 6-bromoisatoic anhydride 1 (10 g, 41.3 mmol) in THF to (500 mL) was added slowly NH4OH (20 mL) at room temperature. The suspension became clear. The solution was then stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated to provide a white solid. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with H2O (˜50 mL), and dried to afford 2 (6.7 g, 76%) as an off-white solid.
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • A suspension of 2 (500 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (6 mL) was treated with 1,1′-carbonyldimidazole (CDI) (410 mg, 2.5 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated at 75° C. overnight. During the reaction, the suspension became clear, then solid was formed. After concentration, the resulting solid was collected, washed with dichloromethane, and dried to afford 3 (450 mg, 82%) as a pale yellow solid. The NMR was consistent with the structure of 3.
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • A solution of 3 (500 mg, 2 mmol) in POCl3 (4 mL) in a vial (15 mL) was treated with 2,6-lutidine (1.3 mL) at room temperature. The resulting suspension was then heated at 140° C. overnight. After pouring into ice/H2O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) followed by EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), passed through a short pad of SiO2, and concentrated to provide 4 (390 mg) as a brown solid. Without further purification this solid 4 was used for the next reaction.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • The product obtained as described in the previous step, 4 (2.3 g) was suspended in EtOH (50 mL) and treated with diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (4 mL), followed by 2-morpholinoethylamine (3 mL) at room temperature. The solution was heated at reflux overnight. After concentration, the resulting residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give a brown solid, which was purified by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=50:50 to 0:100) to provide 5 (350 mg) as a brown solid.
  • Synthesis of 6:
  • Monosubstituted quinazoline 5 (320 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in isoamyl alcohol (5 mL) and distributed equally into two vials (15 mL capacity). Each vial was treated with N-methylpiperazine (200 μL). The resulting solution was heated at 140° C. overnight. After concentration, the resulting solid was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc to DCM:MeOH=95:5 to 80:20) to provide 6 (120 mg) as a solid.
  • Synthesis of CII:
  • The above solid 6 (120 mg, 0.27 mmol) was placed in a vial (15 mL capacity), followed by phenylboronic acid (66 mg, 0.5 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (2 mg), K2CO3 (140 mg, 1 mmol), and Bu4NBr (12 mg, 0.35 mmol). The mixture was flushed with N2 and to this was added H2O (4 mL) and toluene (2 mL). The suspension was flushed again with N2 and capped. The resulting suspension was heated at 100° C. for 2 days. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic extract was dried (Na2SO4) and purified by preparative TLC (DCM:MeOH=80:20) to provide CII (35 mg, 30%) a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.53 (br, 4H+4H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 3.67 (dd, 2H), 3.74 (t, 4H), 3.97 (br, 4H), 7.3-7.8 (set of t, d, s, 8H, aromatic H); LC/MS 433 (M+1), >98% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of CII:
  • Compound CII in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XV with R7 and R8=H; R6=Y3=phenyl; Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 34, Table 34, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 630 500 100
    Calculated 190
  • Example 70 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 39
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00103
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • To a stirred solution of KHMDS (4 equivalents) in dry THF was added acetophenone (1 equivalent) at 0° C. under N2. To this solution was added 1 (1 equivalent) at the same temperature. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was worked up as described for the synthesis of BIV (See below).
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • Synthesis of 3 from 2 was carried out as described in Example 66 for the synthesis of 6 (BIV).
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • Synthesis of 4 from 3 was carried out as described in Example 66 for the synthesis of 6 (BIV).
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • Synthesis of 5 from 4 was carried out as described in Example 66 for the synthesis of 6 (BIV). MS 432 (M+1), >95% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 5 (DI):
  • Compound 5 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XX with R3, R7, and R8=H; Y3=phenyl; R6=Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 39, Table 39, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 75 28 72
    Calculated 17
  • Example 71 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 40
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00104
  • Synthesis of 1:
  • A mixture of 5-bromoanthranilamide (7.5 g, 3.49 mmol), benzaldehyde (3.7 g, 3.49 mmol), sodium metabisulfite (4.98 g, 26.2 mmol) and water (0.5 mL) in dimethylacetamide was stirred at 150° C. for 2 h. After this time, the slurry was cooled to 50° C. and water (200 mL) was added. This slurry was stirred for 10 minutes and was then filtered to isolate the product. The filter cake was washed with water and was then, while still damp, recrystallized from DMF. The yield of purified 1 was 4.45 g (42.3%).
  • Synthesis of 2 and 3:
  • A slurry of 2-phenyl-6-bromoquinazolin-4-one (4.44 g, 14.7 mmol) in 1,2-dichlorobenzene (40 mL) was stirred at 130° C. as phosphorous oxychloride (4.52 g, 29.5 mmol) was added over 5 minutes. This mixture was stirred at 130° C. until a clear, pale orange solution formed (about 90 minutes) and then for an additional 30 minutes longer. After cooling, the solution was diluted with t-butylmethyl ether (200 mL) and this solution was shaken with water (200 mL). The aqueous phase was discarded and the tert-butylmethyl ether (TBME) solution was washed with a solution of sodium hydroxide (5.9 g) in water (200 mL). The TBME was then evaporated to give a slurry of 2 in 1,2-dichlorobenzene. This slurry was diluted with n-butanol (40 mL) and N-methylpiperazine (4.40 g, 44 mmol) was added. This mixture was heated to reflux which provided a clear yellow solution. The reaction was examined by TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) after 30 minutes at reflux and was found to have gone to completion. The solution was cooled and diluted with TBME (200 mL). This solution was extracted with 10% HCl (150 mL) and the acidic extracts were then made basic by the addition of 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The product that separated from the basic mixture was extracted into methylene chloride (200 mL). Evaporation of the methylene chloride under vacuum gave the product 3 as an oil in a yield of 5.2 g (92%). The oil was dissolved in hexane (25 mL) from which it crystallized as a white powder.
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • The bromoquinazoline 3 (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol) was combined with tris-(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (23.8 mg, 2.6×10−5 mol), +/−binaphthyl (BINAP) (48.6 mg, 7.8×10−5 mol), sodium tert-butoxide (350 mg, 3.6 mmol) and toluene (5 mL). This mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 15 minutes and was then treated with 2-aminoethylmorpholine (406 mg, 3.12 mmol) in toluene (3 mL). The reaction was then stirred under nitrogen for 2 h. The reaction was examined by TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) after this time and was found to have gone to completion. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was washed with water (100 mL). The ethyl acetate solution was then extracted with 10% HCl (2×25 mL). The yellow acidic extracts were combined and were washed with ethyl acetate (25 mL) after which they were made basic by the addition of 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The solid which precipitated was extracted into methylene chloride (2×25 mL). Evaporation of the solvents gave the product 4 as a yellow solid in a yield of 1.02 g (90.7%). This solid was recrystallized from a mixture of toluene and hexane.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 4:
  • Compound 4 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XXI with R7 and R8=H; Y3=phenyl; R6=Y2=dimor; and R4=pip. See Example 40, Table 40, Y2=dimor and R4=pip. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 170 ND* 53
    Calculated 33
    *not done
  • Example 72 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 40
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00105
    Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00106
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • To a suspension of 2-nitro-5-fluorobenzoic acid (20 g, 0.108 mol) in methylene chloride (150 mL) was added thionyl chloride (14.3 g, 0.12 mol) and DMF (1 mL). This mixture was stirred at reflux until a clear solution formed (120 min) and then for 30 minutes longer. After cooling the solution was dripped into a well stirred mixture of methylene chloride (200 mL), concentrated ammonium hydroxide (200 mL) and ice (200 g). After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The solid amide was isolated by filtration and was washed with water. After drying at 70° C. the 2-nitro-5-fluorobenzamide 2 was obtained as a white solid in a yield of 6.6 g (33%).
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • A mixture of 2-nitro-5-fluorobenzamide 2 (6.6 g, 0.036 mol) and N-methylpiperazine (7.25 g, 0.072 mol) in n-butanol (100 mL) was stirred at reflux for 12 h. After cooling, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and was then extracted with 5% HCl (2×200 mL). The combined extracts were neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and the resulting yellow solution was treated with solid potassium acetate (20 g). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes the crystalline product, which had separated, was isolated by filtration. The yellow solid was washed with cold water and dried at 70° C. The yield of 3 was 4.1 g (43.1%). The compound was shown to be >99% purity by HPLC and the mass spec gave the correct molecular ion.
  • Synthesis of 4 and 5:
  • A suspension of N-methyl-N′-(3-carboxamido-4-nitro)piperazine 3 (4.1 g, 15.5 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) was treated with 10% palladium on carbon (500 mg) and was stirred at reflux. A solution of ammonium formate (2.92 g, 46.4 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added over a one minute period and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 2 h. TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) showed that the reaction had gone to completion. The reaction was cooled and the catalyst was removed by filtration. To the filtrates was added benzaldehyde (1.65 g, 15.5 mmol) and 5 drops of concentrated sulfuric acid. This mixture was refluxed for 5 minutes and then cooled. The ethanol was removed under vacuum and dimethylacetamide (100 mL) was added. To this solution was added concentrated sulfuric acid until an orange coloration formed which did not immediately fade (about 2 g). The solution was heated to 90° C. with stirring and chloranil (3.8 g, 15.5 mmol) was added in portions over 2 minutes. Heating was continued for 15 minutes after which the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. The quinazoline sulfate salt 5 crystallized as small pale green needles and was isolated by filtration. The solid was washed with ethanol and dried at 70° C. to give the product in a yield of 4.1 g, (63.2%).
  • Synthesis of 6, 7, 8 and 9:
  • Phosphorous oxychloride (30 mL) and the quinazoline sulfate salt 5 (4.1 g, 9.8 mmol) were stirred together as diisopropylethyl amine (3.8 g, 29 mmol) was slowly added. The resulting warm yellow suspension was stirred at reflux for 90 minutes. At this time, TLC (silica, 10% methanol in methylene chloride) showed that the reaction had gone to completion. Excess phosphorous oxychloride (about 15 mL) was removed by distillation and the residue was cautiously added to water (200 mL), ice (200 g), and sodium bicarbonate (60 g) with vigorous stirring. The addition was at a rate that controlled foaming. Once the reaction mixture had been added, stirring was continued for 30 minutes. The solid precipitate was extracted into methylene chloride (200 mL) and this solution was dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the methylene chloride was evaporated to give a mixture of 6 and 7 as a white solid (2.8 g). This material was combined with N-2-aminoethylmorpholine (2.15 g, 16.6 mmol) in n-butanol (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 5 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and 2% potassium carbonate solution (200 mL). The ethyl acetate solution was isolated and extracted with warm 5% HCl (300 mL). The acidic extracts were washed with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL) and were then made basic by the addition of solid potassium carbonate. The oil which precipitated was extracted into methylene chloride (200 mL) and these extracts were evaporated under vacuum to provide a mixture of 8 and 9 as an oil which crystallized on standing. HPLC/mass spec analysis of the oil showed that it consisted of a mixture of 8 (47.7%) and 9 (52.3%) in a total yield of 3.5 g. Compounds 8 and 9 were separated by column chromatography on silica using methylene chloride (100 mL) followed by 5% methanol in methylene chloride (500 mL) and 10% methanol in methylene chloride (500 mL) as eluent. HPLC showed that compound 8 was isolated with an HPLC purity of 100% and compound 9 with an HPLC purity of 99.4%. Mass spec and NMR were used to identify compound 8 as the quinazoline, unsubstituted at position 5, and compound 9 as the 5-chloro derivative.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 8:
  • Compound 8 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XXI with R7 and R8=H; Y3=phenyl; R6=Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 40, Table 40, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 76 18 78
    Calculated 18
  • Example 73 Synthesis and In Vitro Characterization of a Compound from Example 41
  • Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00107
  • Synthesis of 2:
  • To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-nitrobenzoic acid (3.0 g, 12.2 mmol) in CHCl3 (20 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1.1 mL, 14.6 mmol) at room temperature. Heating at reflux was continued until a clear solution formed. This solution was used for the next step.
  • To a stirred mixture of NH4OH (85 mL of 35% solution) in CHCl3 (25 mL) was added dropwise the above acid chloride solution at ca −25° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 15 min the reaction mixture was poured onto ice cold water. The solid obtained was filtered, washed with H2O, and dried to provide 2 (3.09 g) as a white solid.
  • Synthesis of 3:
  • A mixture of 2 (2.0 g, 10.6 mmol) in EtOAc (200 mL) was treated with SnCl2 (9.4 g, 42 mmol) at reflux for 20 min. After addition of 1N NaOH, the formed solid was filtered and washed with EtOAc. The organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was neutralized (pH˜7) and extracted with EtOAc (2×70 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated to provide 3 (1.53 g, 67%) as a tan solid.
  • Synthesis of 4:
  • A mixture of 3 (1.5 g, 7.2 mmol) with benzaldehyde (0.73 mL, 7.2 mmol) and sodium bisulfite (1.1 g, 10.8 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (DMA) (5 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 h. After pouring into H2O (20 mL), the solution was allowed to warm up to room temperature. The solid which formed was filtered, washed with H2O, followed by Et2O to provide 4 (1.5 g, 69%) as a yellow solid, after recrystallization with MeOH/EtOAc.
  • Synthesis of 5:
  • A mixture of 4 (1.5 g, 4.9 mmol) in POCl3 (5 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the dark solution was poured into H2O/ice. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with H2O, followed by Et2O to provide 5 (900 mg) as brown yellow solid. Evaporation of the filtrates provided an additional amount of 5 (400 mg) after concentration and trituration with EtOAc/hexane.
  • Synthesis of 6:
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 5 (200 mg, 0.63 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL), followed by 2-morpholinoethanamine (100 mg, 0.75 mmol). The resulting solution was heated at 80° C. for 3 h. After concentration, the residue was purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:EtOAc=20:80) to provide 6 (90 mg, 35%) as a yellow solid.
  • Synthesis of 7 (DbII):
  • To a screw-capped vial was placed 6 (90 mg, 0.22 mmol), followed by NaO-t-Bu (25 mg, 0.26 mmol), N-methylpiperazine (0.29 mL, 0.26 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (4 mg, 0.005 mmol), +/−2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphiono-1,1′binaphthalene, (BINAP) (4 mg, 0.007 mmol), and toluene (1 mL). After degassing with nitrogen the suspension was heated at 80° C. overnight. After concentration, the residue was filtered through a short pad of SiO2 to provide 7 (32 mg, 35%) after purification by preparative TLC (MeOH:EtOAc=20:80). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.58 (br, 4H+4H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 3.40 (br, 4H), 3.75 (t, 4H), 3.85 (dd, 2H), 7.0-8.5 (set of t, d, s, 8H, aromatic H); LC/MS: 433 (M+1), >98% pure.
  • In Vitro Characterization of 7 (DbII):
  • Compound 7 in this example corresponds to a compound of Formula XXI with R6 and R8=H; Y3=phenyl; R7=Y2=pip; and R4=dimor. See Example 41, Table 41, Y2=pip and R4=dimor. In vitro testing as described in Example 63 yielded the following results, expressed as IC50 (nM):
  • TLR7 TLR8 TLR9
    Experimental 24 29 38
    Calculated 78
  • Example 74 In Vivo Testing
  • Separate groups of mice are administered 100 μg-300 μg CpG ODN 2006 (TCGTCGTTTTGTCGTTTTGTCGTT; SEQ ID NO:1) by intraperitoneal injection. One group of mice receiving CpG ODN is also administered 100 ng-300 μg of a compound of the invention, orally or intravenously. Serum samples are obtained from mice from each group and/or mice from each group are sacrificed at one or more specified times, 1 to 48 hours following administration of CpG ODN alone or CpG ODN plus compound of the invention. Cytokine expression is evaluated in sera and/or splenocyte cultures derived from each group at each time point. Th1 cytokine expression in mice receiving both CpG ODN and compound of the invention is reduced compared to Th1 cytokine expression in mice receiving CpG ODN alone. Percent of control expression of Th1 cytokine is plotted as a function of concentration of compound of the invention. IC50 corresponds to the concentration of compound which reduces Th1 cytokine expression to 50 percent of control expression of Th1 cytokine.
  • Example 75 In Vivo Testing in a Murine Model of Autoimmune Diabetes Mellitus
  • Two groups of age-matched female non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice are administered 100 μg-300 μg CpG ODN 2006 by intraperitoneal injection, once weekly beginning at six weeks of age. One group of NOD mice receiving CpG ODN is also administered 100 ng-300 μg of a compound of the invention, orally or intravenously, once weekly beginning at six weeks of age. Optionally another group of age-matched female NOD mice receiving compound alone can also be included, as can be another group of age-matched female NOD mice receiving neither CpG ODN nor compound. All mice are maintained on a regular diet and monitored at least once weekly for development of hyperglycemia (random blood glucose ≧350 mg/dL measured on at least one occasion). Age at development of hyperglycemia is compared between groups. The group receiving CpG ODN alone develops hyperglycemia earlier than the group receiving CpG ODN and compound.
  • EQUIVALENTS
  • The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not to be limited in scope by examples provided, since the examples are intended as a single illustration of one aspect of the invention and other functionally equivalent embodiments are within the scope of the invention. Various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims. The advantages and objects of the invention are not necessarily encompassed by each embodiment of the invention.

Claims (38)

1. A compound having a structure selected from
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00108
wherein
X1, X2, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
R1 and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y3;
R4 is a group having the structure,
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00109
where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
R5 is absent or hydrogen;
R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y2; and
R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, Y1, or Y3;
wherein
Y1 is Ar—Y2, where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl; and
at least one of R3, R6, R7, and R8 is Y1; or at least one of R6 and R7 is Y2; and/or at least one of R3 and R8 is Y3.
2.-156. (canceled)
157. A compound having a structure selected from
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00110
wherein
X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R4 is a group having the structure,
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00111
where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
R5 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
Y1 is Ar—Y2, where Ar is optionally substituted phenyl;
wherein
Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
wherein, when the compound has the structure (IX) wherein X3 is nitrogen, X4 is nitrogen.
158.-172. (canceled)
173. A compound having a structure selected from
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00112
wherein
X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R4 is a group having the structure,
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00113
where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
R5 is absent or hydrogen;
R6 and R8 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y3;
R7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
wherein
Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl.
174.-222. (canceled)
223. A compound having a structure selected from
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00114
wherein
X1, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
R3 is absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R4 is a group having the structure,
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00115
where R9 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; L is optionally substituted alkyl; R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R10 and R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R9 and one of R10 or R11 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle;
R5 is absent or hydrogen;
R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y2;
R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide; and
Y3 is optionally substituted phenyl;
wherein
Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
224.-272. (canceled)
273. A compound having a structure selected from
Figure US20100160314A1-20100624-C00116
wherein
X1, X2, X3, and X4 are independently nitrogen or carbon;
R1, R3, and R5 are independently absent, hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
R6 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, halide, or Y2;
R7, R8, and R15 are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halide;
each Q is independently optionally substituted alkyl or Y2; and
n is an integer from 1-5;
wherein
Y2 is W-L1NR12R13, where W is O, S, or NR14; L1 is optionally substituted alkyl; R12, R13, and R14 are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and together R12 and R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle, or together R14 and one of R12 or R13 can be joined to form an optionally substituted heterocycle.
274.-340. (canceled)
341. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
342.-343. (canceled)
344. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 157 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
345.-346. (canceled)
347. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 173 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
348.-349. (canceled)
350. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 223 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
351.-352. (canceled)
353. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 273 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
354.-355. (canceled)
356. A method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR), comprising: contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
357.-364. (canceled)
365. A method for reducing an immune response, comprising: contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
366.-377. (canceled)
378. A method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 to treat the autoimmune condition.
379.-385. (canceled)
386. A method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR), comprising: contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 157 to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
387. A method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR), comprising: contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 173 to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
388. A method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR), comprising: contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 223 to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
389. A method for reducing signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR), comprising: contacting a cell expressing a TLR, selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 273 to reduce signaling by the TLR in response to an agonist of the TLR, compared to signaling by the TLR in response to the agonist in absence of the contacting.
390. A method for reducing an immune response, comprising: contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 157 to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
391. A method for reducing an immune response, comprising: contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 173 to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
390. A method for reducing an immune response, comprising: contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 223 to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
391. A method for reducing an immune response, comprising: contacting a population of immune cells expressing a Toll-like receptor (TLR), selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, with an effective amount of a compound of claim 273 to reduce an immune response by the immune cells, compared to an immune response by the immune cells in absence of the contacting.
392. A method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a compound of claim 157 to treat the autoimmune condition.
393. A method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a compound of claim 173 to treat the autoimmune condition.
394. A method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a compound of claim 223 to treat the autoimmune condition.
395. A method for treating an autoimmune condition in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject having an autoimmune condition, wherein the autoimmune condition involves signaling by a Toll-like receptor (TLR) selected from TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9, an effective amount of a compound of claim 273 to treat the autoimmune condition.
US12/439,924 2006-09-05 2007-09-05 Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9 Abandoned US20100160314A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/439,924 US20100160314A1 (en) 2006-09-05 2007-09-05 Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US84225206P 2006-09-05 2006-09-05
US12/439,924 US20100160314A1 (en) 2006-09-05 2007-09-05 Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9
PCT/US2007/019334 WO2008030455A2 (en) 2006-09-05 2007-09-05 Small molecule inhibitors of toll-like receptor 9

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100160314A1 true US20100160314A1 (en) 2010-06-24

Family

ID=39157802

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/537,330 Active 2027-08-10 US8027888B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2006-09-29 Online credit card prescreen systems and methods
US12/439,924 Abandoned US20100160314A1 (en) 2006-09-05 2007-09-05 Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/537,330 Active 2027-08-10 US8027888B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2006-09-29 Online credit card prescreen systems and methods

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (2) US8027888B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2081924A2 (en)
AU (1) AU2007293363A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2665819A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2008030455A2 (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012167046A1 (en) * 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Novel immune system modulators
EP2726485A1 (en) * 2011-06-29 2014-05-07 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinazolines as therapeutic compounds and related methods of use
WO2013052550A3 (en) * 2011-10-04 2014-05-15 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Novel imidazole quinoline-based immune system modulators
US10071079B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-09-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
WO2018134685A3 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-11-15 Liverpool School Of Tropical Medicine Compounds
US10544143B2 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-01-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 4-azaindole compounds
US10660877B2 (en) 2016-09-09 2020-05-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridyl substituted indole compounds
US11130756B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2021-09-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]Triazolo[4,3-A]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US11180474B2 (en) 2016-07-30 2021-11-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Dimethoxyphenyl substituted indole compounds as TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9 inhibitors
EP3818147A4 (en) * 2018-07-06 2021-11-24 Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Methods and materials for improving transplant outcomes
US11299501B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Diazaindole compounds
US11306092B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Amino indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11420958B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryl and heteroaryl substituted indole compounds
US11420973B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Amide substituted indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11427580B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-08-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 6-azaindole compounds
US11447466B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2022-09-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds useful as inhibitors of TLR7/8/9
US11739098B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2023-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds
US11878975B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2024-01-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11925640B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2024-03-12 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials for improving arteriovenous fistula maturation and maintaining arteriovenous fistula functionality

Families Citing this family (121)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6239116B1 (en) 1994-07-15 2001-05-29 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules
US7935675B1 (en) 1994-07-15 2011-05-03 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules
US20030026782A1 (en) 1995-02-07 2003-02-06 Arthur M. Krieg Immunomodulatory oligonucleotides
US6207646B1 (en) 1994-07-15 2001-03-27 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules
US6406705B1 (en) 1997-03-10 2002-06-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Use of nucleic acids containing unmethylated CpG dinucleotide as an adjuvant
DK1077722T3 (en) 1998-05-22 2006-11-27 Ottawa Health Research Inst Methods and products for the induction of mucosa immunity
US6993493B1 (en) 1999-08-06 2006-01-31 Marketswitch Corporation Method for optimizing net present value of a cross-selling marketing campaign
CN1604795B (en) 2001-08-17 2010-05-26 科勒制药股份公司 Combination motif immune stimulatory oligonucleotides with improved activity
NZ573064A (en) 2002-04-04 2011-02-25 Coley Pharm Gmbh Immunostimulatory G,U-containing oligoribonucleotides
US9400589B1 (en) 2002-05-30 2016-07-26 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Circular rotational interface for display of consumer credit information
US7807803B2 (en) 2002-07-03 2010-10-05 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Nucleic acid compositions for stimulating immune responses
US20040053880A1 (en) 2002-07-03 2004-03-18 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Nucleic acid compositions for stimulating immune responses
AR040996A1 (en) 2002-08-19 2005-04-27 Coley Pharm Group Inc IMMUNE STIMULATING NUCLEIC ACIDS
ATE544466T1 (en) 2002-10-29 2012-02-15 Coley Pharm Group Inc USE OF CPG OLIGONUCLEOTIDES TO TREAT HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION
WO2004053104A2 (en) 2002-12-11 2004-06-24 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. 5’ cpg nucleic acids and methods of use
US8930263B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2015-01-06 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit data analysis
US8188254B2 (en) 2003-10-30 2012-05-29 Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh C-class oligonucleotide analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory potency
US8346593B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2013-01-01 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. System, method, and software for prediction of attitudinal and message responsiveness
US7904306B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2011-03-08 Search America, Inc. Method and apparatus for assessing credit for healthcare patients
US7970672B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2011-06-28 Metareward, Inc. Real-time marketing of credit-based goods or services
US8732004B1 (en) 2004-09-22 2014-05-20 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Automated analysis of data to generate prospect notifications based on trigger events
MY159370A (en) 2004-10-20 2016-12-30 Coley Pharm Group Inc Semi-soft-class immunostimulatory oligonucleotides
CN102517292B (en) 2005-11-25 2014-12-24 佐蒂斯比利时股份有限公司 Immunostimulatory oligoribonucleotides
US7711636B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2010-05-04 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing data
EP2074572A4 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-02-23 Experian Inf Solutions Inc System and method for providing a score for a used vehicle
US8027888B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2011-09-27 Experian Interactive Innovation Center, Llc Online credit card prescreen systems and methods
US11887175B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2024-01-30 Cpl Assets, Llc Automatically determining a personalized set of programs or products including an interactive graphical user interface
US8799148B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2014-08-05 Rohan K. K. Chandran Systems and methods of ranking a plurality of credit card offers
MX2009003398A (en) 2006-09-27 2009-08-12 Coley Pharm Gmbh Cpg oligonucleotide analogs containing hydrophobic t analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory activity.
US8036979B1 (en) 2006-10-05 2011-10-11 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for generating a finance attribute from tradeline data
US8027871B2 (en) 2006-11-03 2011-09-27 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for scoring sales leads
US8135607B2 (en) * 2006-11-03 2012-03-13 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. System and method of enhancing leads by determining contactability scores
US8606666B1 (en) * 2007-01-31 2013-12-10 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for providing an aggregation tool
US8606626B1 (en) 2007-01-31 2013-12-10 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for providing a direct marketing campaign planning environment
US8285656B1 (en) 2007-03-30 2012-10-09 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Systems and methods for data verification
US20080255986A1 (en) * 2007-04-12 2008-10-16 Discover Financial Services Llc Targeting an Individual Customer for a Credit Card Promotion at a Point of Sale
WO2008127288A1 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-10-23 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for determining thin-file records and determining thin-file risk levels
WO2008147918A2 (en) 2007-05-25 2008-12-04 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for automated detection of never-pay data sets
JP2010529031A (en) * 2007-05-29 2010-08-26 グラクソスミスクライン・リミテッド・ライアビリティ・カンパニー Naphthyridine derivatives as PI3 kinase inhibitors
US8301574B2 (en) * 2007-09-17 2012-10-30 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Multimedia engagement study
US9690820B1 (en) 2007-09-27 2017-06-27 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Database system for triggering event notifications based on updates to database records
US7962404B1 (en) * 2007-11-07 2011-06-14 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for determining loan opportunities
US7996521B2 (en) 2007-11-19 2011-08-09 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Service for mapping IP addresses to user segments
US20090271248A1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2009-10-29 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Precalculation of trending attributes
US20090271327A1 (en) * 2008-04-23 2009-10-29 Raghav Lal Payment portfolio optimization
US8312033B1 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-11-13 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for providing an integrated identifier
US8768829B2 (en) * 2008-07-06 2014-07-01 Anthony Jeremiah Bayne System and method for providing transactional credit
US7991689B1 (en) 2008-07-23 2011-08-02 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting bust out fraud using credit data
US9256904B1 (en) 2008-08-14 2016-02-09 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Multi-bureau credit file freeze and unfreeze
US8799067B2 (en) * 2008-09-12 2014-08-05 Visa Usa Inc. System and method for a merchant debit card program including a plurality of issuers
US10872349B1 (en) 2008-09-30 2020-12-22 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Redeeming rewards points
US8412593B1 (en) 2008-10-07 2013-04-02 LowerMyBills.com, Inc. Credit card matching
US8560161B1 (en) 2008-10-23 2013-10-15 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for monitoring and predicting vehicle attributes
US20100161407A1 (en) * 2008-12-24 2010-06-24 William Joseph Farmer Method and apparatus for presenting credit card offers
US20100174638A1 (en) 2009-01-06 2010-07-08 ConsumerInfo.com Report existence monitoring
US8639920B2 (en) 2009-05-11 2014-01-28 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for providing anonymized user profile data
US20100332292A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for evaluating vehicle purchase loyalty
US20110040630A1 (en) * 2009-08-06 2011-02-17 Credit Online Ventures, Inc. Method and system for matching borrowers and lenders
JP2013107824A (en) * 2010-03-17 2013-06-06 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co Ltd Novel monocyclic pyrimidine derivative
US9652802B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2017-05-16 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Indirect monitoring and reporting of a user's credit data
US8725613B1 (en) 2010-04-27 2014-05-13 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for early account score and notification
US9152727B1 (en) 2010-08-23 2015-10-06 Experian Marketing Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for processing consumer information for targeted marketing applications
CN101985424B (en) * 2010-09-21 2013-05-29 浙江工业大学 Method for synthesizing o-nitroacetophenone compound
US8930262B1 (en) 2010-11-02 2015-01-06 Experian Technology Ltd. Systems and methods of assisted strategy design
US10977727B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-04-13 AUTO I.D., Inc. Web-based system and method for providing comprehensive vehicle build information
US11301922B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-04-12 AUTO I.D., Inc. System and method for providing comprehensive vehicle information
US9147042B1 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-09-29 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for data verification
US9558519B1 (en) 2011-04-29 2017-01-31 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Exposing reporting cycle information
US9147217B1 (en) 2011-05-02 2015-09-29 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing lender risk using vehicle historical data
WO2012170838A1 (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 My Interest Broker, LLC System and method for trading debt instruments
JPWO2013180066A1 (en) * 2012-05-28 2016-01-21 興和株式会社 Pyridine derivatives having TLR inhibitory action
JPWO2014034719A1 (en) * 2012-08-29 2016-08-08 興和株式会社 Quinoline derivative having TLR inhibitory action
US9654541B1 (en) 2012-11-12 2017-05-16 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Aggregating user web browsing data
US9916621B1 (en) 2012-11-30 2018-03-13 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Presentation of credit score factors
US10255598B1 (en) 2012-12-06 2019-04-09 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit card account data extraction
US9697263B1 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-07-04 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Consumer data request fulfillment system
US20140310151A1 (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-16 Rawllin International Inc. Management of a line of credit or finance-related offer
US20140365353A1 (en) * 2013-06-10 2014-12-11 Rawllin International Inc. Management of participation of market participants in a financial exchange
US10318991B2 (en) 2013-10-08 2019-06-11 Paypal, Inc. Communication device interface for merchant check-in and shopping notifications
US10102536B1 (en) 2013-11-15 2018-10-16 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Micro-geographic aggregation system
US10262362B1 (en) 2014-02-14 2019-04-16 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Automatic generation of code for attributes
US10163155B2 (en) * 2014-04-03 2018-12-25 Mundi Fomukong Method and system for obtaining credit
US11257117B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2022-02-22 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Mobile device sighting location analytics and profiling system
US10580054B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-03-03 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System, method, apparatus and medium for simultaneously generating vehicle history reports and preapproved financing options
US10242019B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2019-03-26 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. User behavior segmentation using latent topic detection
CN104447580A (en) * 2014-12-23 2015-03-25 湖南大学 Method for synthesizing quinazolone compounds
CN104557738A (en) * 2014-12-23 2015-04-29 湖南大学 Green synthesis method of 4(3H)-quinazolinone
CN107428693B (en) 2014-12-24 2020-05-29 吉利德科学公司 Isoquinoline compounds for HIV treatment
TW202237569A (en) 2014-12-24 2022-10-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Quinazoline compounds
SG11201705192PA (en) 2014-12-24 2017-07-28 Gilead Sciences Inc Fused pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of hiv
US9670205B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2017-06-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
EP3072891A1 (en) 2015-03-24 2016-09-28 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. New Toll-Like Receptor 9 Antagonists
SG10201509171SA (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-06-29 Voyager Innovations Inc System and method for facilitating loans
US11410230B1 (en) 2015-11-17 2022-08-09 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Realtime access and control of secure regulated data
US9767309B1 (en) 2015-11-23 2017-09-19 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Access control system for implementing access restrictions of regulated database records while identifying and providing indicators of regulated database records matching validation criteria
US10757154B1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2020-08-25 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Real-time event-based notification system
EP3433249B1 (en) 2016-03-21 2022-11-09 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Blocking toll-like receptor 9 signaling with small molecule antagonist
US10409867B1 (en) 2016-06-16 2019-09-10 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods of managing a database of alphanumeric values
WO2018039377A1 (en) 2016-08-24 2018-03-01 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Disambiguation and authentication of device users
WO2018045150A1 (en) 2016-09-02 2018-03-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 4,6-diamino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidine derivaties as toll like receptor modulators
WO2018045144A1 (en) 2016-09-02 2018-03-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
CN110383319B (en) 2017-01-31 2023-05-26 益百利信息解决方案公司 Large scale heterogeneous data ingestion and user resolution
US10735183B1 (en) 2017-06-30 2020-08-04 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Symmetric encryption for private smart contracts among multiple parties in a private peer-to-peer network
US11210276B1 (en) 2017-07-14 2021-12-28 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Database system for automated event analysis and detection
US10740404B1 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-08-11 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Database system for dynamically generating customized models
US10565181B1 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-02-18 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Database system for dynamically generating customized models
US10880313B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2020-12-29 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Database platform for realtime updating of user data from third party sources
US10963434B1 (en) 2018-09-07 2021-03-30 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Data architecture for supporting multiple search models
US10839366B2 (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-11-17 Visa International Service Association Dynamic offers on accounts
CN109636579A (en) * 2018-10-25 2019-04-16 深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司 Order drains processing method, platform, equipment and readable storage medium storing program for executing
US11157835B1 (en) 2019-01-11 2021-10-26 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for generating dynamic models based on trigger events
WO2020146667A1 (en) 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for secure data aggregation and computation
TW202210480A (en) 2019-04-17 2022-03-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
TWI751517B (en) 2019-04-17 2022-01-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
WO2020257657A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 FinanceNinja, LLC Systems and methods for implementing a sponsor portal for mediating services to end users
TW202115056A (en) 2019-06-28 2021-04-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Processes for preparing toll-like receptor modulator compounds
US10902515B1 (en) * 2019-08-22 2021-01-26 Capital One Services, Llc Vehicle selection platform
US11941065B1 (en) 2019-09-13 2024-03-26 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Single identifier platform for storing entity data
US11682041B1 (en) 2020-01-13 2023-06-20 Experian Marketing Solutions, Llc Systems and methods of a tracking analytics platform
CN112783999A (en) * 2021-01-22 2021-05-11 中信银行股份有限公司 User screening method and device, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
US11880377B1 (en) 2021-03-26 2024-01-23 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for entity resolution

Family Cites Families (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6985883B1 (en) 1992-02-03 2006-01-10 Ebs Dealing Resources, Inc. Credit management for electronic brokerage system
KR100326646B1 (en) 1993-08-27 2002-07-31 제프리 에이. 노리스 Closed loop financial transaction method and apparatus
US5930776A (en) 1993-11-01 1999-07-27 The Golden 1 Credit Union Lender direct credit evaluation and loan processing system
GB9416673D0 (en) 1994-08-17 1994-10-12 Reuters Ltd Data exchange filtering system
US5878403A (en) 1995-09-12 1999-03-02 Cmsi Computer implemented automated credit application analysis and decision routing system
US6088686A (en) 1995-12-12 2000-07-11 Citibank, N.A. System and method to performing on-line credit reviews and approvals
US5907828A (en) 1995-12-26 1999-05-25 Meyer; Bennett S. System and method for implementing and administering lender-owned credit life insurance policies
US5822410A (en) 1996-01-11 1998-10-13 Gte Telecom Services Inc Churn amelioration system and method therefor
US6081798A (en) 1996-04-24 2000-06-27 International Business Machines Corp. Object oriented case-based reasoning framework mechanism
US5819234A (en) 1996-07-29 1998-10-06 The Chase Manhattan Bank Toll collection system
US6129273A (en) 1996-08-21 2000-10-10 Shah; Dinesh V. Method and apparatus for an automated, computer approved, check cashing system
US5966699A (en) 1996-10-11 1999-10-12 Zandi; Richard System and method for conducting loan auction over computer network
US5970478A (en) 1997-03-12 1999-10-19 Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership Method, apparatus, and program for customizing credit accounts
US6144948A (en) 1997-06-23 2000-11-07 Walker Digital, Llc Instant credit card marketing system for reservations for future services
US5940812A (en) 1997-08-19 1999-08-17 Loanmarket Resources, L.L.C. Apparatus and method for automatically matching a best available loan to a potential borrower via global telecommunications network
US5995947A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-11-30 Imx Mortgage Exchange Interactive mortgage and loan information and real-time trading system
US6317727B1 (en) 1997-10-14 2001-11-13 Blackbird Holdings, Inc. Systems, methods and computer program products for monitoring credit risks in electronic trading systems
US6385594B1 (en) 1998-05-08 2002-05-07 Lendingtree, Inc. Method and computer network for co-ordinating a loan over the internet
US6185543B1 (en) 1998-05-15 2001-02-06 Marketswitch Corp. Method and apparatus for determining loan prepayment scores
EP1059147A4 (en) * 1998-09-10 2008-01-16 Sony Corp Robot apparatus, method of controlling robot apparatus, method of display, and medium
US6405181B2 (en) 1998-11-03 2002-06-11 Nextcard, Inc. Method and apparatus for real time on line credit approval
JP2000322486A (en) 1999-02-12 2000-11-24 Citibank Na Method and system for fulfilling bank card transaction
US6640215B1 (en) 1999-03-15 2003-10-28 Marketswitch Corporation Integral criterion for model training and method of application to targeted marketing optimization
US6158657A (en) 1999-09-03 2000-12-12 Capital One Financial Corporation System and method for offering and providing secured credit card products
WO2001045012A2 (en) 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 E-Scoring, Inc. Systems and methods for providing consumers anonymous pre-approved offers from a consumer-selected group of merchants
US20020004735A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2002-01-10 William Gross System and method for ranking items
US20060155639A1 (en) 2000-06-03 2006-07-13 Joan Lynch System and method for automated process of deal structuring
US7024386B1 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-04-04 Ebs Group Limited Credit handling in an anonymous trading system
US6900226B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2005-05-31 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Neuropeptide Y antagonists
WO2002029517A2 (en) * 2000-10-02 2002-04-11 International Projects Consultancy Services, Inc. Automated loan processing system and method
US6980969B1 (en) * 2000-11-16 2005-12-27 Sears, Roebuck And Co. Methods and apparatus for allowing internet based purchases based on a temporary credit card number
AU2002235142A1 (en) 2000-11-27 2002-06-03 Nextworth, Inc. Anonymous transaction system
US20030144907A1 (en) 2001-03-05 2003-07-31 American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. System and method for administering incentive offers
US7216102B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2007-05-08 General Electric Capital Corporation Methods and systems for auctioning of pre-selected customer lists
US20030208412A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-11-06 Hillestad Willam E. Method and system facilitating transactions between consumers and service providers
US7546266B2 (en) 2001-10-18 2009-06-09 General Electric Company Method, system, and storage medium for pre-screening customers for credit card approval at a point of sale
US7356506B2 (en) 2002-09-18 2008-04-08 General Electric Capital Corporation Methods and apparatus for evaluating a credit application
US20040064402A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-01 Wells Fargo Home Mortgage, Inc. Method of refinancing a mortgage loan and a closing package for same
US20040215556A1 (en) 2003-01-10 2004-10-28 Merkley John Eugene Marketing of an agricultural input via electronic communications
US7337468B2 (en) * 2003-02-13 2008-02-26 Truelink, Inc. Methods, apparatuses and systems facilitating seamless, virtual integration of online membership models and services
US7835983B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2010-11-16 Trans Union Llc Credit approval monitoring system and method
US20050137939A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-06-23 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated Server-based keyword advertisement management
US20050159993A1 (en) 2004-01-20 2005-07-21 Kordas John J. System and method of presenting offers by way of a computer network
US7630933B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2009-12-08 Horizon Digital Finance, Llc System and method for matching loan consumers and lenders
US20050209922A1 (en) 2004-03-19 2005-09-22 Hofmeister Kurt J Credit based product marketing method
EP1626369A1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-15 EBS Group limited Automated trading system
US7970672B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2011-06-28 Metareward, Inc. Real-time marketing of credit-based goods or services
US20060080251A1 (en) 2004-09-22 2006-04-13 Fried Steven M Systems and methods for offering credit line products
US7178720B1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2007-02-20 West Corporation Methods, computer-readable media, and computer program product for intelligent selection of items encoded onto portable machine-playable entertainment media
US20060173772A1 (en) 2005-02-02 2006-08-03 Hayes John B Systems and methods for automated processing, handling, and facilitating a trade credit transaction
US20060178983A1 (en) 2005-02-07 2006-08-10 Robert Nice Mortgage broker system allowing broker to match mortgagor with multiple lenders and method therefor
US7255267B2 (en) * 2005-07-25 2007-08-14 Li-Hsiang Chao Method and system for multiple income-generating business card and referral network
US8458062B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2013-06-04 Capital One Financial Corporation Real-time product matching
US8027888B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2011-09-27 Experian Interactive Innovation Center, Llc Online credit card prescreen systems and methods
US8799148B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2014-08-05 Rohan K. K. Chandran Systems and methods of ranking a plurality of credit card offers

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9637489B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2017-05-02 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Immune system modulators
CN103717070A (en) * 2011-06-01 2014-04-09 贾纳斯生物治疗有限公司 Novel immune system modulators
WO2012167046A1 (en) * 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Novel immune system modulators
US10117875B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2018-11-06 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Immune system modulators
US9126996B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2015-09-08 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Immune system modulators
US9359361B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2016-06-07 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Immune system modulators
RU2606114C2 (en) * 2011-06-01 2017-01-10 Джейнус Байотерапьютикс, Инк. Novel immune system modulators related applications
EP2726485A1 (en) * 2011-06-29 2014-05-07 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinazolines as therapeutic compounds and related methods of use
JP2014528449A (en) * 2011-10-04 2014-10-27 ジャナス バイオセラピューティクス,インク. Novel imidazole quinoline immune system modulator
WO2013052550A3 (en) * 2011-10-04 2014-05-15 Janus Biotherapeutics, Inc. Novel imidazole quinoline-based immune system modulators
US10071079B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-09-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
USRE49931E1 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-04-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US10478424B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2019-11-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
USRE49893E1 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-04-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
USRE49880E1 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-03-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US10912766B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2021-02-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-A]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US11672780B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2023-06-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US11180474B2 (en) 2016-07-30 2021-11-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Dimethoxyphenyl substituted indole compounds as TLR7, TLR8 or TLR9 inhibitors
US10660877B2 (en) 2016-09-09 2020-05-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridyl substituted indole compounds
US11518760B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2022-12-06 Liverpool School Of Tropical Medicine Anti-Wolbachia pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds
WO2018134685A3 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-11-15 Liverpool School Of Tropical Medicine Compounds
US11447466B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2022-09-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds useful as inhibitors of TLR7/8/9
US11130756B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2021-09-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [1,2,4]Triazolo[4,3-A]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US11739098B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2023-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds
US11053244B1 (en) 2017-12-18 2021-07-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 4-azaindole compounds
US10544143B2 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-01-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 4-azaindole compounds
US10730877B2 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-08-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 4-Azaindole compounds
US11820768B2 (en) 2017-12-18 2023-11-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 4-azaindole compounds
US11420973B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Amide substituted indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11427580B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-08-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 6-azaindole compounds
US11878975B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2024-01-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11912703B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2024-02-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 6-azaindole compounds
US11420958B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryl and heteroaryl substituted indole compounds
US11306092B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Amino indole compounds useful as TLR inhibitors
US11299501B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Diazaindole compounds
US11925640B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2024-03-12 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials for improving arteriovenous fistula maturation and maintaining arteriovenous fistula functionality
EP3818147A4 (en) * 2018-07-06 2021-11-24 Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Methods and materials for improving transplant outcomes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2665819A1 (en) 2008-03-13
WO2008030455A3 (en) 2008-11-06
WO2008030455A2 (en) 2008-03-13
AU2007293363A1 (en) 2008-03-13
EP2081924A2 (en) 2009-07-29
US20080059317A1 (en) 2008-03-06
US8027888B2 (en) 2011-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20100160314A1 (en) Small Molecule Inhibitors of Toll-Like Receptor 9
US7410975B2 (en) Small molecule toll-like receptor (TLR) antagonists
US8354522B2 (en) Immunostimulatory oligoribonucleotides
US20090214578A1 (en) Immunostimulatory Single-Stranded Ribonucleic Acid with Phosphodiester Backbone
JP4847609B2 (en) RNA sequence motifs in the context of defined internucleotide linkages that elicit specific immune modification profiles
KR20090058584A (en) Oligoribonucleotides and uses thereof
JP2014518892A (en) Novel immune system modulator
JP2009541236A (en) Recombinant virus vaccine
JP2014528449A (en) Novel imidazole quinoline immune system modulator
ZA200510028B (en) Small molicule toll-like receptor (TLR) antagonists
US20080044405A1 (en) Noble metal complex-mediated immunosuppression
MX2008003835A (en) Immunostimulatory single-stranded ribonucleic acid with phosphodiester backbone

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION